diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src')
26 files changed, 51281 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f8e5c594 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c @@ -0,0 +1,758 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief HAL module driver.
+ * This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+ used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
+ [..]
+ The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
+ (+) Common HAL APIs
+ (+) Services HAL APIs
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+ * @brief HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * @brief STM32L4xx HAL Driver version number
+ */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x0AU) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION ((STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
+ |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
+ |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U)\
+ |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#if defined(VREFBUF)
+#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U /* 10 ms (to be confirmed) */
+#endif /* VREFBUF */
+
+/* ------------ SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region ------------ */
+#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of FB_MODE bit */
+#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET
+#define FB_MODE_BitNumber 8U
+#define FB_MODE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32U) + (FB_MODE_BitNumber * 4U))
+
+/* --- SCSR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of SRAM2ER bit */
+#define SCSR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x18U)
+#define BRER_BitNumber 0U
+#define SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (SCSR_OFFSET * 32U) + (BRER_BitNumber * 4U))
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+__IO uint32_t uwTick;
+uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid priority */
+uint32_t uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
+ * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial time base
+ clock configuration.
+ (+) De-initialize common part of the HAL.
+ (+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+ Tick interrupt priority.
+ (++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
+ can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
+ timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
+ duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
+ handled in milliseconds basis.
+ (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
+ at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
+ when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+ (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
+ time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
+ peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
+ (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
+ ISR process will be blocked.
+ (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
+ to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Flash prefetch, the Instruction and Data caches,
+ * the time base source, NVIC and any required global low level hardware
+ * by calling the HAL_MspInit() callback function to be optionally defined in user file
+ * stm32l4xx_hal_msp.c.
+ *
+ * @note HAL_Init() function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
+ * the clock configuration.
+ *
+ * @note In the default implementation the System Timer (Systick) is used as source of time base.
+ * The Systick configuration is based on MSI clock, as MSI is the clock
+ * used after a system Reset and the NVIC configuration is set to Priority group 4.
+ * Once done, time base tick starts incrementing: the tick variable counter is incremented
+ * each 1ms in the SysTick_Handler() interrupt handler.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
+ /* Default configuration at reset is: */
+ /* - Prefetch disabled */
+ /* - Instruction cache enabled */
+ /* - Data cache enabled */
+#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE == 0)
+ __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
+
+#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE == 0)
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
+
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
+ __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+ /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
+
+ /* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */
+ if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_MspInit();
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize common part of the HAL and stop the source of time base.
+ * @note This function is optional.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Reset of all peripherals */
+ __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ __HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ __HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ __HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_MspDeInit();
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the MSP.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the MSP.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures the source of the time base:
+ * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+ * Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
+ * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+ * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+ * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
+ * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
+ * The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
+ * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+ * The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementation in user file.
+ * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (uwTickFreq != 0U)
+ {
+ /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+ if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+ if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+ {
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+ uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
+ * @brief HAL Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+ (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+ (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+ (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+ (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+ (+) Get the device identifier
+ (+) Get the device revision identifier
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
+ * used as application time base.
+ * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+ * in SysTick ISR.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+ uwTick += uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Provide a tick value in millisecond.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @retval tick value
+ */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+ return uwTick;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function returns a tick priority.
+ * @retval tick priority
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
+{
+ return uwTickPrio;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set new tick Freq.
+ * @param Freq tick frequency
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(uint32_t Freq)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
+
+ if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
+ {
+ /* Apply the new tick Freq */
+ status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ uwTickFreq = Freq;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return tick frequency.
+ * @retval tick period in Hz
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
+{
+ return uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
+ * on variable incremented.
+ * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+ * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+ * is incremented.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ uint32_t wait = Delay;
+
+ /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
+ if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
+ }
+
+ while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+ * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+ * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+ * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
+ * is suspended.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+ /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+ SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+ * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+ * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+ * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
+ * is resumed.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+ /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+ SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the HAL revision.
+ * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+ return STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the device revision identifier.
+ * @retval Device revision identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+ return((DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID) >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the device identifier.
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+ return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_DEV_ID);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
+{
+ return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
+{
+ return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
+{
+ return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3 HAL Debug functions
+ * @brief HAL Debug functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### HAL Debug functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
+ (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes
+ (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group4 HAL SYSCFG configuration functions
+ * @brief HAL SYSCFG configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### HAL SYSCFG configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation
+ (+) Enable/Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping
+ (+) Configure the Voltage reference buffer
+ (+) Enable/Disable the Voltage reference buffer
+ (+) Enable/Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation.
+ * @note As long as SRAM2 is not erased the SRAM2ER bit will be set.
+ * This bit is automatically reset at the end of the SRAM2 erase operation.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM2Erase(void)
+{
+ /* unlock the write protection of the SRAM2ER bit */
+ SYSCFG->SKR = 0xCA;
+ SYSCFG->SKR = 0x53;
+ /* Starts a hardware SRAM2 erase operation*/
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB = 0x00000001UL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
+ *
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices.
+ *
+ * @note Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
+ * and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
+{
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000001UL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
+ *
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices.
+ *
+ * @note The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000)
+ * and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
+{
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000000UL;
+}
+
+#if defined(VREFBUF)
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale.
+ * @param VoltageScaling specifies the output voltage to achieve
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE0: VREF_OUT1 around 2.048 V.
+ * This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.4 V.
+ * @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: VREF_OUT2 around 2.5 V.
+ * This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.8 V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling));
+
+ MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRS, VoltageScaling);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode.
+ * @param Mode specifies the high impedance mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_DISABLE: VREF+ pin is internally connect to VREFINT output.
+ * @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_ENABLE: VREF+ pin is high impedance.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode));
+
+ MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
+
+ MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CCR, VREFBUF_CCR_TRIM, TrimmingValue);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+ * @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ SET_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait for VRR bit */
+ while(READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
+}
+#endif /* VREFBUF */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8080ad00e --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the CORTEX:
+ * + Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..]
+ *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+ ===========================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+ The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+
+ (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
+ (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
+ (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+ -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
+ The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
+
+ -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
+ (+@) Lowest pre-emption priority
+ (+@) Lowest sub priority
+ (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
+
+ [..]
+ *** How to configure SysTick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+ ========================================================
+ [..]
+ Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
+
+ (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+ is a CMSIS function that:
+ (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+ (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
+ (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+ (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+ (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+ (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+
+ (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+ __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+ HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
+ inside the stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+ (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+ call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+ (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+
+ Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
+ (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+ (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+
+ The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
+ to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
+
+ ==========================================================================================================================
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description
+ ==========================================================================================================================
+ NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bit for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 4 bits for subpriority
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bit for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 3 bits for subpriority
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 2 bits for subpriority
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 1 bit for subpriority
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 0 bit for subpriority
+ ==========================================================================================================================
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+ SysTick functionalities
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
+ * using the required unlock sequence.
+ * @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority,
+ * 4 bits for subpriority
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority,
+ * 3 bits for subpriority
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
+ * 2 bits for subpriority
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
+ * 1 bit for subpriority
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
+ * 0 bit for subpriority
+ * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
+ * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+
+ /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
+ NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the priority of an interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+ * @param PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
+ * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+ * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
+ * @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+ * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+ * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+ uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+
+ prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+
+ NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+ * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+ * function should be called before.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Enable interrupt */
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Disable interrupt */
+ NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+ /* System Reset */
+ NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick):
+ * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+ * @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+ * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
+ * - 1 Function failed.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+ return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ * @brief Cortex control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+ (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+ * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+ /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
+ return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the priority of an interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+ * @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority,
+ * 4 bits for subpriority
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority,
+ * 3 bits for subpriority
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
+ * 2 bits for subpriority
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
+ * 1 bit for subpriority
+ * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
+ * 0 bit for subpriority
+ * @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+ * @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+ /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+ NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Set interrupt pending */
+ NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC
+ * and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+ * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
+ * - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+ return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Clear pending interrupt */
+ NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get active interrupt (read the active register in NVIC and return the active bit).
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+ * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
+ * - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
+ return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the SysTick clock source.
+ * @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+ if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+ {
+ SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SYSTICK interrupt request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SYSTICK callback.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the MPU.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
+{
+ /* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
+ __DMB();
+
+ /* Disable fault exceptions */
+ SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+
+ /* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
+ MPU->CTRL = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the MPU.
+ * @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
+ * NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged accessto the default memory
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
+ * @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
+ * @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
+ * @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+ /* Enable the MPU */
+ MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+
+ /* Enable fault exceptions */
+ SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+
+ /* Ensure MPU settings take effects */
+ __DSB();
+ __ISB();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected.
+ * @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the initialization and configuration information.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
+
+ /* Set the Region number */
+ MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
+
+ if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
+ assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
+
+ MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
+ MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
+ MPU->RASR = 0x00;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5675a39c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm.c @@ -0,0 +1,3590 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Digital Filter for Sigma-Delta Modulators
+ * (DFSDM) peripherals:
+ * + Initialization and configuration of channels and filters
+ * + Regular channels configuration
+ * + Injected channels configuration
+ * + Regular/Injected Channels DMA Configuration
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ * + Analog watchdog feature
+ * + Short-circuit detector feature
+ * + Extremes detector feature
+ * + Clock absence detector feature
+ * + Break generation on analog watchdog or short-circuit event
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ *** Channel initialization ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (#) User has first to initialize channels (before filters initialization).
+ (#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit() :
+ (++) Enable DFSDMz clock interface with __HAL_RCC_DFSDMz_CLK_ENABLE().
+ (++) Enable the clocks for the DFSDMz GPIOS with __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+ (++) Configure these DFSDMz pins in alternate mode using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+ (++) If interrupt mode is used, enable and configure DFSDMz_FLT0 global
+ interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+ (#) Configure the output clock, input, serial interface, analog watchdog,
+ offset and data right bit shift parameters for this channel using the
+ HAL_DFSDM_ChannelInit() function.
+
+ *** Channel clock absence detector ***
+ ======================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Start clock absence detector using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart() or
+ HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart_IT().
+ (#) In polling mode, use HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForCkab() to detect the clock
+ absence.
+ (#) In interrupt mode, HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback() will be called if
+ clock absence is detected.
+ (#) Stop clock absence detector using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop() or
+ HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop_IT().
+ (#) Please note that the same mode (polling or interrupt) has to be used
+ for all channels because the channels are sharing the same interrupt.
+ (#) Please note also that in interrupt mode, if clock absence detector is
+ stopped for one channel, interrupt will be disabled for all channels.
+
+ *** Channel short circuit detector ***
+ ======================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Start short circuit detector using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart() or
+ or HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart_IT().
+ (#) In polling mode, use HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForScd() to detect short
+ circuit.
+ (#) In interrupt mode, HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback() will be called if
+ short circuit is detected.
+ (#) Stop short circuit detector using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop() or
+ or HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop_IT().
+ (#) Please note that the same mode (polling or interrupt) has to be used
+ for all channels because the channels are sharing the same interrupt.
+ (#) Please note also that in interrupt mode, if short circuit detector is
+ stopped for one channel, interrupt will be disabled for all channels.
+
+ *** Channel analog watchdog value ***
+ =====================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Get analog watchdog filter value of a channel using
+ HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetAwdValue().
+
+ *** Channel offset value ***
+ =====================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Modify offset value of a channel using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelModifyOffset().
+
+ *** Filter initialization ***
+ =============================
+ [..]
+ (#) After channel initialization, user has to init filters.
+ (#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit() :
+ (++) If interrupt mode is used , enable and configure DFSDMz_FLTx global
+ interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+ Please note that DFSDMz_FLT0 global interrupt could be already
+ enabled if interrupt is used for channel.
+ (++) If DMA mode is used, configure DMA with HAL_DMA_Init() and link it
+ with DFSDMz filter handle using __HAL_LINKDMA().
+ (#) Configure the regular conversion, injected conversion and filter
+ parameters for this filter using the HAL_DFSDM_FilterInit() function.
+
+ *** Filter regular channel conversion ***
+ =========================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Select regular channel and enable/disable continuous mode using
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigRegChannel().
+ (#) Start regular conversion using HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart(),
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_IT(), HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_DMA() or
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularMsbStart_DMA().
+ (#) In polling mode, use HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForRegConversion() to detect
+ the end of regular conversion.
+ (#) In interrupt mode, HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback() will be called
+ at the end of regular conversion.
+ (#) Get value of regular conversion and corresponding channel using
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetRegularValue().
+ (#) In DMA mode, HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback() and
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback() will be called respectively at the
+ half transfer and at the transfer complete. Please note that
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback() will be called only in DMA
+ circular mode.
+ (#) Stop regular conversion using HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop(),
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_IT() or HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_DMA().
+
+ *** Filter injected channels conversion ***
+ ===========================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Select injected channels using HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigInjChannel().
+ (#) Start injected conversion using HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart(),
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_IT(), HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_DMA() or
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedMsbStart_DMA().
+ (#) In polling mode, use HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForInjConversion() to detect
+ the end of injected conversion.
+ (#) In interrupt mode, HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback() will be called
+ at the end of injected conversion.
+ (#) Get value of injected conversion and corresponding channel using
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetInjectedValue().
+ (#) In DMA mode, HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback() and
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback() will be called respectively at the
+ half transfer and at the transfer complete. Please note that
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback() will be called only in DMA
+ circular mode.
+ (#) Stop injected conversion using HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop(),
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_IT() or HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_DMA().
+
+ *** Filter analog watchdog ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (#) Start filter analog watchdog using HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStart_IT().
+ (#) HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback() will be called if analog watchdog occurs.
+ (#) Stop filter analog watchdog using HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStop_IT().
+
+ *** Filter extreme detector ***
+ ===============================
+ [..]
+ (#) Start filter extreme detector using HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStart().
+ (#) Get extreme detector maximum value using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMaxValue().
+ (#) Get extreme detector minimum value using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMinValue().
+ (#) Start filter extreme detector using HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStop().
+
+ *** Filter conversion time ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (#) Get conversion time value using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetConvTimeValue().
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use functions HAL_DFSDM_Channel_RegisterCallback(),
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterCallback() or
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterAwdCallback() to register a user callback.
+
+ [..]
+ Function HAL_DFSDM_Channel_RegisterCallback() allows to register
+ following callbacks:
+ (+) CkabCallback : DFSDM channel clock absence detection callback.
+ (+) ScdCallback : DFSDM channel short circuit detection callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : DFSDM channel MSP init callback.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : DFSDM channel MSP de-init callback.
+ [..]
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Function HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterCallback() allows to register
+ following callbacks:
+ (+) RegConvCpltCallback : DFSDM filter regular conversion complete callback.
+ (+) RegConvHalfCpltCallback : DFSDM filter half regular conversion complete callback.
+ (+) InjConvCpltCallback : DFSDM filter injected conversion complete callback.
+ (+) InjConvHalfCpltCallback : DFSDM filter half injected conversion complete callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : DFSDM filter error callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : DFSDM filter MSP init callback.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : DFSDM filter MSP de-init callback.
+ [..]
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ For specific DFSDM filter analog watchdog callback use dedicated register callback:
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterAwdCallback().
+
+ [..]
+ Use functions HAL_DFSDM_Channel_UnRegisterCallback() or
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+
+ [..]
+ HAL_DFSDM_Channel_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ [..]
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) CkabCallback : DFSDM channel clock absence detection callback.
+ (+) ScdCallback : DFSDM channel short circuit detection callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : DFSDM channel MSP init callback.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : DFSDM channel MSP de-init callback.
+
+ [..]
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ [..]
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) RegConvCpltCallback : DFSDM filter regular conversion complete callback.
+ (+) RegConvHalfCpltCallback : DFSDM filter half regular conversion complete callback.
+ (+) InjConvCpltCallback : DFSDM filter injected conversion complete callback.
+ (+) InjConvHalfCpltCallback : DFSDM filter half injected conversion complete callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : DFSDM filter error callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : DFSDM filter MSP init callback.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : DFSDM filter MSP de-init callback.
+
+ [..]
+ For specific DFSDM filter analog watchdog callback use dedicated unregister callback:
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_UnRegisterAwdCallback().
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the call of init function and if the state is RESET
+ all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak functions:
+ examples HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback(), HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the init and de-init only when these
+ callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the init and de-init keep and use
+ the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only.
+ Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
+ in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used
+ during the init/de-init.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using
+ HAL_DFSDM_Channel_RegisterCallback() or
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterCallback() before calling init or de-init function.
+
+ [..]
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+ and weak callbacks are used.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32L451xx) || defined(STM32L452xx) || defined(STM32L462xx) || \
+ defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDM DFSDM
+ * @brief DFSDM HAL driver module
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Private_Define DFSDM Private Define
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DFSDM_FLTCR1_MSB_RCH_OFFSET 8
+#define DFSDM_MSB_MASK 0xFFFF0000U
+#define DFSDM_LSB_MASK 0x0000FFFFU
+#define DFSDM_CKAB_TIMEOUT 5000U
+#if defined(STM32L451xx) || defined(STM32L452xx) || defined(STM32L462xx)
+#define DFSDM1_CHANNEL_NUMBER 4U
+#else /* STM32L451xx || STM32L452xx || STM32L462xx */
+#define DFSDM1_CHANNEL_NUMBER 8U
+#endif /* STM32L451xx || STM32L452xx || STM32L462xx */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Private_Variables DFSDM Private Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+static __IO uint32_t v_dfsdm1ChannelCounter = 0;
+static DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[DFSDM1_CHANNEL_NUMBER] = {NULL};
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Private_Functions DFSDM Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static uint32_t DFSDM_GetInjChannelsNbr(uint32_t Channels);
+static uint32_t DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(const DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *Instance);
+static void DFSDM_RegConvStart(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter);
+static void DFSDM_RegConvStop(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter);
+static void DFSDM_InjConvStart(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter);
+static void DFSDM_InjConvStop(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter);
+static void DFSDM_DMARegularHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DFSDM_DMARegularConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DFSDM_DMAInjectedHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DFSDM_DMAInjectedConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DFSDM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Exported_Functions DFSDM Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Exported_Functions_Group1_Channel Channel initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Channel initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Channel initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize the DFSDM channel.
+ (+) De-initialize the DFSDM channel.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the DFSDM channel according to the specified parameters
+ * in the DFSDM_ChannelInitTypeDef structure and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelInit(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ /* Check DFSDM Channel handle */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hdfsdm_channel->Init.OutputClock.Activation));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_INPUT(hdfsdm_channel->Init.Input.Multiplexer));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_DATA_PACKING(hdfsdm_channel->Init.Input.DataPacking));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_INPUT_PINS(hdfsdm_channel->Init.Input.Pins));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SERIAL_INTERFACE_TYPE(hdfsdm_channel->Init.SerialInterface.Type));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SPI_CLOCK(hdfsdm_channel->Init.SerialInterface.SpiClock));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_FILTER_ORDER(hdfsdm_channel->Init.Awd.FilterOrder));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_FILTER_OVS_RATIO(hdfsdm_channel->Init.Awd.Oversampling));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_OFFSET(hdfsdm_channel->Init.Offset));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_RIGHT_BIT_SHIFT(hdfsdm_channel->Init.RightBitShift));
+
+ /* Check that channel has not been already initialized */
+ if (a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance)] != NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset callback pointers to the weak predefined callbacks */
+ hdfsdm_channel->CkabCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback;
+ hdfsdm_channel->ScdCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback;
+
+ /* Call MSP init function */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit;
+ }
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspInitCallback(hdfsdm_channel);
+#else
+ /* Call MSP init function */
+ HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit(hdfsdm_channel);
+#endif
+
+ /* Update the channel counter */
+ v_dfsdm1ChannelCounter++;
+
+ /* Configure output serial clock and enable global DFSDM interface only for first channel */
+ if (v_dfsdm1ChannelCounter == 1U)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_OUTPUT_CLOCK(hdfsdm_channel->Init.OutputClock.Selection));
+ /* Set the output serial clock source */
+ DFSDM1_Channel0->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTSRC);
+ DFSDM1_Channel0->CHCFGR1 |= hdfsdm_channel->Init.OutputClock.Selection;
+
+ /* Reset clock divider */
+ DFSDM1_Channel0->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTDIV);
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->Init.OutputClock.Activation == ENABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_OUTPUT_CLOCK_DIVIDER(hdfsdm_channel->Init.OutputClock.Divider));
+ /* Set the output clock divider */
+ DFSDM1_Channel0->CHCFGR1 |= (uint32_t)((hdfsdm_channel->Init.OutputClock.Divider - 1U) <<
+ DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTDIV_Pos);
+ }
+
+ /* enable the DFSDM global interface */
+ DFSDM1_Channel0->CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DFSDMEN;
+ }
+
+ /* Set channel input parameters */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DATPACK | DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DATMPX |
+ DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CHINSEL);
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 |= (hdfsdm_channel->Init.Input.Multiplexer |
+ hdfsdm_channel->Init.Input.DataPacking |
+ hdfsdm_channel->Init.Input.Pins);
+
+ /* Set serial interface parameters */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_SITP | DFSDM_CHCFGR1_SPICKSEL);
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 |= (hdfsdm_channel->Init.SerialInterface.Type |
+ hdfsdm_channel->Init.SerialInterface.SpiClock);
+
+ /* Set analog watchdog parameters */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHAWSCDR &= ~(DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_AWFORD | DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_AWFOSR);
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHAWSCDR |= (hdfsdm_channel->Init.Awd.FilterOrder |
+ ((hdfsdm_channel->Init.Awd.Oversampling - 1U) << DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_AWFOSR_Pos));
+
+ /* Set channel offset and right bit shift */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR2 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR2_OFFSET | DFSDM_CHCFGR2_DTRBS);
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR2 |= (((uint32_t) hdfsdm_channel->Init.Offset << DFSDM_CHCFGR2_OFFSET_Pos) |
+ (hdfsdm_channel->Init.RightBitShift << DFSDM_CHCFGR2_DTRBS_Pos));
+
+ /* Enable DFSDM channel */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CHEN;
+
+ /* Set DFSDM Channel to ready state */
+ hdfsdm_channel->State = HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Store channel handle in DFSDM channel handle table */
+ a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance)] = hdfsdm_channel;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the DFSDM channel.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelDeInit(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ /* Check DFSDM Channel handle */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check that channel has not been already deinitialized */
+ if (a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance)] == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the DFSDM channel */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CHEN);
+
+ /* Update the channel counter */
+ v_dfsdm1ChannelCounter--;
+
+ /* Disable global DFSDM at deinit of last channel */
+ if (v_dfsdm1ChannelCounter == 0U)
+ {
+ DFSDM1_Channel0->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DFSDMEN);
+ }
+
+ /* Call MSP deinit function */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit;
+ }
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspDeInitCallback(hdfsdm_channel);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit(hdfsdm_channel);
+#endif
+
+ /* Set DFSDM Channel in reset state */
+ hdfsdm_channel->State = HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Reset channel handle in DFSDM channel handle table */
+ a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance)] = (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *) NULL;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the DFSDM channel MSP.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_channel);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the function is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the DFSDM channel MSP.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_channel);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the function is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a user DFSDM channel callback
+ * to be used instead of the weak predefined callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_CKAB_CB_ID clock absence detection callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SCD_CB_ID short circuit detection callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPINIT_CB_ID MSP init callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MSP de-init callback ID.
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_Channel_RegisterCallback(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel,
+ HAL_DFSDM_Channel_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pDFSDM_Channel_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY == hdfsdm_channel->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_CKAB_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->CkabCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SCD_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->ScdCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET == hdfsdm_channel->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a user DFSDM channel callback.
+ * DFSDM channel callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_CKAB_CB_ID clock absence detection callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SCD_CB_ID short circuit detection callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPINIT_CB_ID MSP init callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MSP de-init callback ID.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_Channel_UnRegisterCallback(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel,
+ HAL_DFSDM_Channel_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY == hdfsdm_channel->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_CKAB_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->CkabCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SCD_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->ScdCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET == hdfsdm_channel->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_channel->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Exported_Functions_Group2_Channel Channel operation functions
+ * @brief Channel operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Channel operation functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Manage clock absence detector feature.
+ (+) Manage short circuit detector feature.
+ (+) Get analog watchdog value.
+ (+) Modify offset value.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start clock absence detection in polling mode.
+ * @note Same mode has to be used for all channels.
+ * @note If clock is not available on this channel during 5 seconds,
+ * clock absence detection will not be activated and function
+ * will return HAL_TIMEOUT error.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t channel;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get channel number from channel instance */
+ channel = DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance);
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Clear clock absence flag */
+ while ((((DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF) >> (DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF_Pos + channel)) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRCKABF_Pos + channel));
+
+ /* Check the Timeout */
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > DFSDM_CKAB_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set timeout status */
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Start clock absence detection */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKABEN;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to poll for the clock absence detection.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout value in milliseconds.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForCkab(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t channel;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get channel number from channel instance */
+ channel = DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance);
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait clock absence detection */
+ while ((((DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF) >> (DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF_Pos + channel)) & 1U) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Return timeout status */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear clock absence detection flag */
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRCKABF_Pos + channel));
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop clock absence detection in polling mode.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t channel;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop clock absence detection */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKABEN);
+
+ /* Clear clock absence flag */
+ channel = DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance);
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRCKABF_Pos + channel));
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start clock absence detection in interrupt mode.
+ * @note Same mode has to be used for all channels.
+ * @note If clock is not available on this channel during 5 seconds,
+ * clock absence detection will not be activated and function
+ * will return HAL_TIMEOUT error.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart_IT(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t channel;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get channel number from channel instance */
+ channel = DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance);
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Clear clock absence flag */
+ while ((((DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF) >> (DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF_Pos + channel)) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRCKABF_Pos + channel));
+
+ /* Check the Timeout */
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > DFSDM_CKAB_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set timeout status */
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Activate clock absence detection interrupt */
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_FLTCR2_CKABIE;
+
+ /* Start clock absence detection */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKABEN;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clock absence detection callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_channel);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop clock absence detection in interrupt mode.
+ * @note Interrupt will be disabled for all channels
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop_IT(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t channel;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop clock absence detection */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKABEN);
+
+ /* Clear clock absence flag */
+ channel = DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance);
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRCKABF_Pos + channel));
+
+ /* Disable clock absence detection interrupt */
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_CKABIE);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start short circuit detection in polling mode.
+ * @note Same mode has to be used for all channels
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @param Threshold Short circuit detector threshold.
+ * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 255.
+ * @param BreakSignal Break signals assigned to short circuit event.
+ * This parameter can be a values combination of @ref DFSDM_BreakSignals.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel,
+ uint32_t Threshold,
+ uint32_t BreakSignal)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SCD_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_BREAK_SIGNALS(BreakSignal));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure threshold and break signals */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHAWSCDR &= ~(DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_BKSCD | DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_SCDT);
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHAWSCDR |= ((BreakSignal << DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_BKSCD_Pos) | \
+ Threshold);
+
+ /* Start short circuit detection */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_SCDEN;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to poll for the short circuit detection.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout value in milliseconds.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForScd(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t channel;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get channel number from channel instance */
+ channel = DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance);
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait short circuit detection */
+ while (((DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_SCDF) >> (DFSDM_FLTISR_SCDF_Pos + channel)) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Return timeout status */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear short circuit detection flag */
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRSCDF_Pos + channel));
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop short circuit detection in polling mode.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t channel;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop short circuit detection */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_SCDEN);
+
+ /* Clear short circuit detection flag */
+ channel = DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance);
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRSCDF_Pos + channel));
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start short circuit detection in interrupt mode.
+ * @note Same mode has to be used for all channels
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @param Threshold Short circuit detector threshold.
+ * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 255.
+ * @param BreakSignal Break signals assigned to short circuit event.
+ * This parameter can be a values combination of @ref DFSDM_BreakSignals.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart_IT(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel,
+ uint32_t Threshold,
+ uint32_t BreakSignal)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SCD_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_BREAK_SIGNALS(BreakSignal));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Activate short circuit detection interrupt */
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_FLTCR2_SCDIE;
+
+ /* Configure threshold and break signals */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHAWSCDR &= ~(DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_BKSCD | DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_SCDT);
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHAWSCDR |= ((BreakSignal << DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_BKSCD_Pos) | \
+ Threshold);
+
+ /* Start short circuit detection */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_SCDEN;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Short circuit detection callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_channel);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop short circuit detection in interrupt mode.
+ * @note Interrupt will be disabled for all channels
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop_IT(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t channel;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop short circuit detection */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_SCDEN);
+
+ /* Clear short circuit detection flag */
+ channel = DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(hdfsdm_channel->Instance);
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRSCDF_Pos + channel));
+
+ /* Disable short circuit detection interrupt */
+ DFSDM1_Filter0->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_SCDIE);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get channel analog watchdog value.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval Channel analog watchdog value.
+ */
+int16_t HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetAwdValue(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ return (int16_t) hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHWDATAR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to modify channel offset value.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @param Offset DFSDM channel offset.
+ * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = -8388608 and Max_Data = 8388607.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelModifyOffset(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel,
+ int32_t Offset)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_channel->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_OFFSET(Offset));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+ if (hdfsdm_channel->State != HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Modify channel offset */
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR2 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR2_OFFSET);
+ hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHCFGR2 |= ((uint32_t) Offset << DFSDM_CHCFGR2_OFFSET_Pos);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Exported_Functions_Group3_Channel Channel state function
+ * @brief Channel state function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Channel state function #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides function allowing to:
+ (+) Get channel handle state.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get the current DFSDM channel handle state.
+ * @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+ * @retval DFSDM channel state.
+ */
+HAL_DFSDM_Channel_StateTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetState(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel)
+{
+ /* Return DFSDM channel handle state */
+ return hdfsdm_channel->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Exported_Functions_Group1_Filter Filter initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Filter initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Filter initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize the DFSDM filter.
+ (+) De-initialize the DFSDM filter.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the DFSDM filter according to the specified parameters
+ * in the DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef structure and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInit(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Check DFSDM Channel handle */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_REG_TRIGGER(hdfsdm_filter->Init.RegularParam.Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hdfsdm_filter->Init.RegularParam.FastMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hdfsdm_filter->Init.RegularParam.DmaMode));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_INJ_TRIGGER(hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.ScanMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.DmaMode));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_SINC_ORDER(hdfsdm_filter->Init.FilterParam.SincOrder));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_OVS_RATIO(hdfsdm_filter->Init.FilterParam.Oversampling));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_INTEGRATOR_OVS_RATIO(hdfsdm_filter->Init.FilterParam.IntOversampling));
+
+ /* Check parameters compatibility */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance == DFSDM1_Filter0) &&
+ ((hdfsdm_filter->Init.RegularParam.Trigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SYNC_TRIGGER) ||
+ (hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.Trigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SYNC_TRIGGER)))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize DFSDM filter variables with default values */
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegularContMode = DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF;
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedChannelsNbr = 1;
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining = 1;
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_NONE;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset callback pointers to the weak predefined callbacks */
+ hdfsdm_filter->AwdCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback;
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvCpltCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback;
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvHalfCpltCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback;
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvCpltCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback;
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvHalfCpltCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback;
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback;
+
+ /* Call MSP init function */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit;
+ }
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspInitCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ /* Call MSP init function */
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+
+ /* Set regular parameters */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_RSYNC);
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->Init.RegularParam.FastMode == ENABLE)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_FAST;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_FAST);
+ }
+
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->Init.RegularParam.DmaMode == ENABLE)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_RDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_RDMAEN);
+ }
+
+ /* Set injected parameters */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSYNC | DFSDM_FLTCR1_JEXTEN | DFSDM_FLTCR1_JEXTSEL);
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.Trigger == DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG(hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.ExtTrigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.ExtTriggerEdge));
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= (hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.ExtTrigger);
+ }
+
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.ScanMode == ENABLE)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSCAN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSCAN);
+ }
+
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.DmaMode == ENABLE)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_JDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_JDMAEN);
+ }
+
+ /* Set filter parameters */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTFCR &= ~(DFSDM_FLTFCR_FORD | DFSDM_FLTFCR_FOSR | DFSDM_FLTFCR_IOSR);
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTFCR |= (hdfsdm_filter->Init.FilterParam.SincOrder |
+ ((hdfsdm_filter->Init.FilterParam.Oversampling - 1U) << DFSDM_FLTFCR_FOSR_Pos) |
+ (hdfsdm_filter->Init.FilterParam.IntOversampling - 1U));
+
+ /* Store regular and injected triggers and injected scan mode*/
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger = hdfsdm_filter->Init.RegularParam.Trigger;
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger = hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.Trigger;
+ hdfsdm_filter->ExtTriggerEdge = hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.ExtTriggerEdge;
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedScanMode = hdfsdm_filter->Init.InjectedParam.ScanMode;
+
+ /* Enable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN;
+
+ /* Set DFSDM filter to ready state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initializes the DFSDM filter.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterDeInit(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Check DFSDM filter handle */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN);
+
+ /* Call MSP deinit function */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit;
+ }
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspDeInitCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+
+ /* Set DFSDM filter in reset state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the DFSDM filter MSP.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_filter);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the function is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initializes the DFSDM filter MSP.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_filter);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the function is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a user DFSDM filter callback
+ * to be used instead of the weak predefined callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_REGCONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID regular conversion complete callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_REGCONV_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID half regular conversion complete callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_INJCONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID injected conversion complete callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_INJCONV_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID half injected conversion complete callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_CB_ID error callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPINIT_CB_ID MSP init callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MSP de-init callback ID.
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pDFSDM_Filter_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY == hdfsdm_filter->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_REGCONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_REGCONV_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_INJCONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_INJCONV_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET == hdfsdm_filter->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a user DFSDM filter callback.
+ * DFSDM filter callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_REGCONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID regular conversion complete callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_REGCONV_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID half regular conversion complete callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_INJCONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID injected conversion complete callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_INJCONV_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID half injected conversion complete callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_CB_ID error callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPINIT_CB_ID MSP init callback ID.
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MSP de-init callback ID.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_Filter_UnRegisterCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ HAL_DFSDM_Filter_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY == hdfsdm_filter->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_REGCONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvCpltCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_REGCONV_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvHalfCpltCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_INJCONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvCpltCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_INJCONV_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvHalfCpltCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET == hdfsdm_filter->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdfsdm_filter->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register a user DFSDM filter analog watchdog callback
+ * to be used instead of the weak predefined callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the DFSDM filter analog watchdog callback function.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterAwdCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ pDFSDM_Filter_AwdCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY == hdfsdm_filter->State)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->AwdCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a user DFSDM filter analog watchdog callback.
+ * DFSDM filter AWD callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_Filter_UnRegisterAwdCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY == hdfsdm_filter->State)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->AwdCallback = HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* update the error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Exported_Functions_Group2_Filter Filter control functions
+ * @brief Filter control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Filter control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Select channel and enable/disable continuous mode for regular conversion.
+ (+) Select channels for injected conversion.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to select channel and to enable/disable
+ * continuous mode for regular conversion.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Channel Channel for regular conversion.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Channel_Selection.
+ * @param ContinuousMode Enable/disable continuous mode for regular conversion.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_ContinuousMode.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigRegChannel(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t Channel,
+ uint32_t ContinuousMode)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_REGULAR_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ContinuousMode));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET) &&
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR))
+ {
+ /* Configure channel and continuous mode for regular conversion */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_RCH | DFSDM_FLTCR1_RCONT);
+ if (ContinuousMode == DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_ON)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= (uint32_t)(((Channel & DFSDM_MSB_MASK) << DFSDM_FLTCR1_MSB_RCH_OFFSET) |
+ DFSDM_FLTCR1_RCONT);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= (uint32_t)((Channel & DFSDM_MSB_MASK) << DFSDM_FLTCR1_MSB_RCH_OFFSET);
+ }
+ /* Store continuous mode information */
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegularContMode = ContinuousMode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to select channels for injected conversion.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Channel Channels for injected conversion.
+ * This parameter can be a values combination of @ref DFSDM_Channel_Selection.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigInjChannel(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_INJECTED_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET) &&
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR))
+ {
+ /* Configure channel for injected conversion */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTJCHGR = (uint32_t)(Channel & DFSDM_LSB_MASK);
+ /* Store number of injected channels */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedChannelsNbr = DFSDM_GetInjChannelsNbr(Channel);
+ /* Update number of injected channels remaining */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining = (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedScanMode == ENABLE) ? \
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedChannelsNbr : 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Exported_Functions_Group3_Filter Filter operation functions
+ * @brief Filter operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Filter operation functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start conversion of regular/injected channel.
+ (+) Poll for the end of regular/injected conversion.
+ (+) Stop conversion of regular/injected channel.
+ (+) Start conversion of regular/injected channel and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Call the callback functions at the end of regular/injected conversions.
+ (+) Stop conversion of regular/injected channel and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start conversion of regular/injected channel and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop conversion of regular/injected channel and disable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Start analog watchdog and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Call the callback function when analog watchdog occurs.
+ (+) Stop analog watchdog and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start extreme detector.
+ (+) Stop extreme detector.
+ (+) Get result of regular channel conversion.
+ (+) Get result of injected channel conversion.
+ (+) Get extreme detector maximum and minimum values.
+ (+) Get conversion time.
+ (+) Handle DFSDM interrupt request.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start regular conversion in polling mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is
+ * in idle state or if injected conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Start regular conversion */
+ DFSDM_RegConvStart(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to poll for the end of regular conversion.
+ * @note This function should be called only if regular conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout value in milliseconds.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForRegConversion(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait end of regular conversion */
+ while ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_REOCF) != DFSDM_FLTISR_REOCF)
+ {
+ /* Check the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Return timeout status */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if overrun occurs */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_ROVRF) == DFSDM_FLTISR_ROVRF)
+ {
+ /* Update error code and call error callback */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_REGULAR_OVERRUN;
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+
+ /* Clear regular overrun flag */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTICR = DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRROVRF;
+ }
+ /* Update DFSDM filter state only if not continuous conversion and SW trigger */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->RegularContMode == DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER))
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG) ? \
+ HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY : HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop regular conversion in polling mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only if regular conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop regular conversion */
+ DFSDM_RegConvStop(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start regular conversion in interrupt mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is
+ * in idle state or if injected conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_IT(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Enable interrupts for regular conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 |= (DFSDM_FLTCR2_REOCIE | DFSDM_FLTCR2_ROVRIE);
+
+ /* Start regular conversion */
+ DFSDM_RegConvStart(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop regular conversion in interrupt mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only if regular conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_IT(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable interrupts for regular conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_REOCIE | DFSDM_FLTCR2_ROVRIE);
+
+ /* Stop regular conversion */
+ DFSDM_RegConvStop(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start regular conversion in DMA mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is
+ * in idle state or if injected conversion is ongoing.
+ * Please note that data on buffer will contain signed regular conversion
+ * value on 24 most significant bits and corresponding channel on 3 least
+ * significant bits.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param pData The destination buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from DFSDM filter to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_DMA(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ int32_t *pData,
+ uint32_t Length)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check destination address and length */
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check that DMA is enabled for regular conversion */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 & DFSDM_FLTCR1_RDMAEN) != DFSDM_FLTCR1_RDMAEN)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check parameters compatibility */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->RegularContMode == DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) && \
+ (Length != 1U))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->RegularContMode == DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Set callbacks on DMA handler */
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->XferCpltCallback = DFSDM_DMARegularConvCplt;
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->XferErrorCallback = DFSDM_DMAError;
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->XferHalfCpltCallback = (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR) ? \
+ DFSDM_DMARegularHalfConvCplt : NULL;
+
+ /* Start DMA in interrupt mode */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg, (uint32_t)&hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTRDATAR, \
+ (uint32_t) pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set DFSDM filter in error state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Start regular conversion */
+ DFSDM_RegConvStart(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start regular conversion in DMA mode and to get
+ * only the 16 most significant bits of conversion.
+ * @note This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is
+ * in idle state or if injected conversion is ongoing.
+ * Please note that data on buffer will contain signed 16 most significant
+ * bits of regular conversion.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param pData The destination buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from DFSDM filter to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularMsbStart_DMA(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ int16_t *pData,
+ uint32_t Length)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check destination address and length */
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check that DMA is enabled for regular conversion */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 & DFSDM_FLTCR1_RDMAEN) != DFSDM_FLTCR1_RDMAEN)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check parameters compatibility */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->RegularContMode == DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) && \
+ (Length != 1U))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->RegularContMode == DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Set callbacks on DMA handler */
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->XferCpltCallback = DFSDM_DMARegularConvCplt;
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->XferErrorCallback = DFSDM_DMAError;
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->XferHalfCpltCallback = (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR) ? \
+ DFSDM_DMARegularHalfConvCplt : NULL;
+
+ /* Start DMA in interrupt mode */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg, (uint32_t)(&hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTRDATAR) + 2U, \
+ (uint32_t) pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set DFSDM filter in error state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Start regular conversion */
+ DFSDM_RegConvStart(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop regular conversion in DMA mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only if regular conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_DMA(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop current DMA transfer */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hdfsdm_filter->hdmaReg) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set DFSDM filter in error state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop regular conversion */
+ DFSDM_RegConvStop(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get regular conversion value.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Channel Corresponding channel of regular conversion.
+ * @retval Regular conversion value
+ */
+int32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetRegularValue(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t *Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t reg;
+ int32_t value;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(Channel != (void *)0);
+
+ /* Get value of data register for regular channel */
+ reg = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTRDATAR;
+
+ /* Extract channel and regular conversion value */
+ *Channel = (reg & DFSDM_FLTRDATAR_RDATACH);
+ /* Regular conversion value is a signed value located on 24 MSB of register */
+ /* So after applying a mask on these bits we have to perform a division by 256 (2 raised to the power of 8) */
+ reg &= DFSDM_FLTRDATAR_RDATA;
+ value = ((int32_t)reg) / 256;
+
+ /* return regular conversion value */
+ return value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start injected conversion in polling mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is
+ * in idle state or if regular conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG))
+ {
+ /* Start injected conversion */
+ DFSDM_InjConvStart(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to poll for the end of injected conversion.
+ * @note This function should be called only if injected conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout value in milliseconds.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForInjConversion(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait end of injected conversions */
+ while ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_JEOCF) != DFSDM_FLTISR_JEOCF)
+ {
+ /* Check the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Return timeout status */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if overrun occurs */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_JOVRF) == DFSDM_FLTISR_JOVRF)
+ {
+ /* Update error code and call error callback */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INJECTED_OVERRUN;
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+
+ /* Clear injected overrun flag */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTICR = DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRJOVRF;
+ }
+
+ /* Update remaining injected conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining--;
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update DFSDM filter state only if trigger is software */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ) ? \
+ HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY : HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG;
+ }
+
+ /* end of injected sequence, reset the value */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining = (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedScanMode == ENABLE) ? \
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedChannelsNbr : 1U;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop injected conversion in polling mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only if injected conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop injected conversion */
+ DFSDM_InjConvStop(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start injected conversion in interrupt mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is
+ * in idle state or if regular conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_IT(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG))
+ {
+ /* Enable interrupts for injected conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 |= (DFSDM_FLTCR2_JEOCIE | DFSDM_FLTCR2_JOVRIE);
+
+ /* Start injected conversion */
+ DFSDM_InjConvStart(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop injected conversion in interrupt mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only if injected conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_IT(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable interrupts for injected conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_JEOCIE | DFSDM_FLTCR2_JOVRIE);
+
+ /* Stop injected conversion */
+ DFSDM_InjConvStop(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start injected conversion in DMA mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is
+ * in idle state or if regular conversion is ongoing.
+ * Please note that data on buffer will contain signed injected conversion
+ * value on 24 most significant bits and corresponding channel on 3 least
+ * significant bits.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param pData The destination buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from DFSDM filter to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_DMA(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ int32_t *pData,
+ uint32_t Length)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check destination address and length */
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check that DMA is enabled for injected conversion */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 & DFSDM_FLTCR1_JDMAEN) != DFSDM_FLTCR1_JDMAEN)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check parameters compatibility */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) && \
+ (Length > hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG))
+ {
+ /* Set callbacks on DMA handler */
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->XferCpltCallback = DFSDM_DMAInjectedConvCplt;
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->XferErrorCallback = DFSDM_DMAError;
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->XferHalfCpltCallback = (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR) ? \
+ DFSDM_DMAInjectedHalfConvCplt : NULL;
+
+ /* Start DMA in interrupt mode */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj, (uint32_t)&hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTJDATAR, \
+ (uint32_t) pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set DFSDM filter in error state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Start injected conversion */
+ DFSDM_InjConvStart(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start injected conversion in DMA mode and to get
+ * only the 16 most significant bits of conversion.
+ * @note This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is
+ * in idle state or if regular conversion is ongoing.
+ * Please note that data on buffer will contain signed 16 most significant
+ * bits of injected conversion.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param pData The destination buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from DFSDM filter to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedMsbStart_DMA(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ int16_t *pData,
+ uint32_t Length)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check destination address and length */
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check that DMA is enabled for injected conversion */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 & DFSDM_FLTCR1_JDMAEN) != DFSDM_FLTCR1_JDMAEN)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check parameters compatibility */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) && \
+ (Length > hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG))
+ {
+ /* Set callbacks on DMA handler */
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->XferCpltCallback = DFSDM_DMAInjectedConvCplt;
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->XferErrorCallback = DFSDM_DMAError;
+ hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->XferHalfCpltCallback = (hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR) ? \
+ DFSDM_DMAInjectedHalfConvCplt : NULL;
+
+ /* Start DMA in interrupt mode */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj, (uint32_t)(&hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTJDATAR) + 2U, \
+ (uint32_t) pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set DFSDM filter in error state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Start injected conversion */
+ DFSDM_InjConvStart(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop injected conversion in DMA mode.
+ * @note This function should be called only if injected conversion is ongoing.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_DMA(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State != HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop current DMA transfer */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hdfsdm_filter->hdmaInj) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set DFSDM filter in error state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Stop regular conversion */
+ DFSDM_InjConvStop(hdfsdm_filter);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get injected conversion value.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Channel Corresponding channel of injected conversion.
+ * @retval Injected conversion value
+ */
+int32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetInjectedValue(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t *Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t reg;
+ int32_t value;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(Channel != (void *)0);
+
+ /* Get value of data register for injected channel */
+ reg = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTJDATAR;
+
+ /* Extract channel and injected conversion value */
+ *Channel = (reg & DFSDM_FLTJDATAR_JDATACH);
+ /* Injected conversion value is a signed value located on 24 MSB of register */
+ /* So after applying a mask on these bits we have to perform a division by 256 (2 raised to the power of 8) */
+ reg &= DFSDM_FLTJDATAR_JDATA;
+ value = ((int32_t)reg) / 256;
+
+ /* return regular conversion value */
+ return value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start filter analog watchdog in interrupt mode.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param awdParam DFSDM filter analog watchdog parameters.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStart_IT(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef *awdParam)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_AWD_DATA_SOURCE(awdParam->DataSource));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_INJECTED_CHANNEL(awdParam->Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_AWD_THRESHOLD(awdParam->HighThreshold));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_AWD_THRESHOLD(awdParam->LowThreshold));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_BREAK_SIGNALS(awdParam->HighBreakSignal));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_BREAK_SIGNALS(awdParam->LowBreakSignal));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set analog watchdog data source */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_AWFSEL);
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= awdParam->DataSource;
+
+ /* Set thresholds and break signals */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWHTR &= ~(DFSDM_FLTAWHTR_AWHT | DFSDM_FLTAWHTR_BKAWH);
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWHTR |= (((uint32_t) awdParam->HighThreshold << DFSDM_FLTAWHTR_AWHT_Pos) | \
+ awdParam->HighBreakSignal);
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWLTR &= ~(DFSDM_FLTAWLTR_AWLT | DFSDM_FLTAWLTR_BKAWL);
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWLTR |= (((uint32_t) awdParam->LowThreshold << DFSDM_FLTAWLTR_AWLT_Pos) | \
+ awdParam->LowBreakSignal);
+
+ /* Set channels and interrupt for analog watchdog */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_AWDCH);
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 |= (((awdParam->Channel & DFSDM_LSB_MASK) << DFSDM_FLTCR2_AWDCH_Pos) | \
+ DFSDM_FLTCR2_AWDIE);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop filter analog watchdog in interrupt mode.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStop_IT(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset channels for analog watchdog and deactivate interrupt */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_AWDCH | DFSDM_FLTCR2_AWDIE);
+
+ /* Clear all analog watchdog flags */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWCFR = (DFSDM_FLTAWCFR_CLRAWHTF | DFSDM_FLTAWCFR_CLRAWLTF);
+
+ /* Reset thresholds and break signals */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWHTR &= ~(DFSDM_FLTAWHTR_AWHT | DFSDM_FLTAWHTR_BKAWH);
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWLTR &= ~(DFSDM_FLTAWLTR_AWLT | DFSDM_FLTAWLTR_BKAWL);
+
+ /* Reset analog watchdog data source */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_AWFSEL);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to start extreme detector feature.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Channel Channels where extreme detector is enabled.
+ * This parameter can be a values combination of @ref DFSDM_Channel_Selection.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStart(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_INJECTED_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set channels for extreme detector */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_EXCH);
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 |= ((Channel & DFSDM_LSB_MASK) << DFSDM_FLTCR2_EXCH_Pos);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to stop extreme detector feature.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStop(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ __IO uint32_t reg1;
+ __IO uint32_t reg2;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Check DFSDM filter state */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_RESET) || \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_ERROR))
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset channels for extreme detector */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_EXCH);
+
+ /* Clear extreme detector values */
+ reg1 = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTEXMAX;
+ reg2 = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTEXMIN;
+ UNUSED(reg1); /* To avoid GCC warning */
+ UNUSED(reg2); /* To avoid GCC warning */
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get extreme detector maximum value.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Channel Corresponding channel.
+ * @retval Extreme detector maximum value
+ * This value is between Min_Data = -8388608 and Max_Data = 8388607.
+ */
+int32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMaxValue(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t *Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t reg;
+ int32_t value;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(Channel != (void *)0);
+
+ /* Get value of extreme detector maximum register */
+ reg = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTEXMAX;
+
+ /* Extract channel and extreme detector maximum value */
+ *Channel = (reg & DFSDM_FLTEXMAX_EXMAXCH);
+ /* Extreme detector maximum value is a signed value located on 24 MSB of register */
+ /* So after applying a mask on these bits we have to perform a division by 256 (2 raised to the power of 8) */
+ reg &= DFSDM_FLTEXMAX_EXMAX;
+ value = ((int32_t)reg) / 256;
+
+ /* return extreme detector maximum value */
+ return value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get extreme detector minimum value.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Channel Corresponding channel.
+ * @retval Extreme detector minimum value
+ * This value is between Min_Data = -8388608 and Max_Data = 8388607.
+ */
+int32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMinValue(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t *Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t reg;
+ int32_t value;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+ assert_param(Channel != (void *)0);
+
+ /* Get value of extreme detector minimum register */
+ reg = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTEXMIN;
+
+ /* Extract channel and extreme detector minimum value */
+ *Channel = (reg & DFSDM_FLTEXMIN_EXMINCH);
+ /* Extreme detector minimum value is a signed value located on 24 MSB of register */
+ /* So after applying a mask on these bits we have to perform a division by 256 (2 raised to the power of 8) */
+ reg &= DFSDM_FLTEXMIN_EXMIN;
+ value = ((int32_t)reg) / 256;
+
+ /* return extreme detector minimum value */
+ return value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get conversion time value.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval Conversion time value
+ * @note To get time in second, this value has to be divided by DFSDM clock frequency.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetConvTimeValue(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ uint32_t reg;
+ uint32_t value;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FILTER_ALL_INSTANCE(hdfsdm_filter->Instance));
+
+ /* Get value of conversion timer register */
+ reg = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCNVTIMR;
+
+ /* Extract conversion time value */
+ value = ((reg & DFSDM_FLTCNVTIMR_CNVCNT) >> DFSDM_FLTCNVTIMR_CNVCNT_Pos);
+
+ /* return extreme detector minimum value */
+ return value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles the DFSDM interrupts.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DFSDM_IRQHandler(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Get FTLISR and FLTCR2 register values */
+ const uint32_t temp_fltisr = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTISR;
+ const uint32_t temp_fltcr2 = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2;
+
+ /* Check if overrun occurs during regular conversion */
+ if (((temp_fltisr & DFSDM_FLTISR_ROVRF) != 0U) && \
+ ((temp_fltcr2 & DFSDM_FLTCR2_ROVRIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Clear regular overrun flag */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTICR = DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRROVRF;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_REGULAR_OVERRUN;
+
+ /* Call error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Check if overrun occurs during injected conversion */
+ else if (((temp_fltisr & DFSDM_FLTISR_JOVRF) != 0U) && \
+ ((temp_fltcr2 & DFSDM_FLTCR2_JOVRIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Clear injected overrun flag */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTICR = DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRJOVRF;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INJECTED_OVERRUN;
+
+ /* Call error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Check if end of regular conversion */
+ else if (((temp_fltisr & DFSDM_FLTISR_REOCF) != 0U) && \
+ ((temp_fltcr2 & DFSDM_FLTCR2_REOCIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Call regular conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+
+ /* End of conversion if mode is not continuous and software trigger */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->RegularContMode == DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER))
+ {
+ /* Disable interrupts for regular conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_REOCIE);
+
+ /* Update DFSDM filter state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG) ? \
+ HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY : HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if end of injected conversion */
+ else if (((temp_fltisr & DFSDM_FLTISR_JEOCF) != 0U) && \
+ ((temp_fltcr2 & DFSDM_FLTCR2_JEOCIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Call injected conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+
+ /* Update remaining injected conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining--;
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining == 0U)
+ {
+ /* End of conversion if trigger is software */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ /* Disable interrupts for injected conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_JEOCIE);
+
+ /* Update DFSDM filter state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ) ? \
+ HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY : HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG;
+ }
+ /* end of injected sequence, reset the value */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining = (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedScanMode == ENABLE) ? \
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedChannelsNbr : 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if analog watchdog occurs */
+ else if (((temp_fltisr & DFSDM_FLTISR_AWDF) != 0U) && \
+ ((temp_fltcr2 & DFSDM_FLTCR2_AWDIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ uint32_t reg;
+ uint32_t threshold;
+ uint32_t channel = 0;
+
+ /* Get channel and threshold */
+ reg = hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWSR;
+ threshold = ((reg & DFSDM_FLTAWSR_AWLTF) != 0U) ? DFSDM_AWD_LOW_THRESHOLD : DFSDM_AWD_HIGH_THRESHOLD;
+ if (threshold == DFSDM_AWD_HIGH_THRESHOLD)
+ {
+ reg = reg >> DFSDM_FLTAWSR_AWHTF_Pos;
+ }
+ while (((reg & 1U) == 0U) && (channel < (DFSDM1_CHANNEL_NUMBER - 1U)))
+ {
+ channel++;
+ reg = reg >> 1;
+ }
+ /* Clear analog watchdog flag */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTAWCFR = (threshold == DFSDM_AWD_HIGH_THRESHOLD) ? \
+ (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTAWSR_AWHTF_Pos + channel)) : \
+ (1UL << channel);
+
+ /* Call analog watchdog callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->AwdCallback(hdfsdm_filter, channel, threshold);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback(hdfsdm_filter, channel, threshold);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Check if clock absence occurs */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance == DFSDM1_Filter0) && \
+ ((temp_fltisr & DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF) != 0U) && \
+ ((temp_fltcr2 & DFSDM_FLTCR2_CKABIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ uint32_t reg;
+ uint32_t channel = 0;
+
+ reg = ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF) >> DFSDM_FLTISR_CKABF_Pos);
+
+ while (channel < DFSDM1_CHANNEL_NUMBER)
+ {
+ /* Check if flag is set and corresponding channel is enabled */
+ if (((reg & 1U) != 0U) && (a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[channel] != NULL))
+ {
+ /* Check clock absence has been enabled for this channel */
+ if ((a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[channel]->Instance->CHCFGR1 & DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKABEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear clock absence flag */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRCKABF_Pos + channel));
+
+ /* Call clock absence callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[channel]->CkabCallback(a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[channel]);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback(a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[channel]);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ channel++;
+ reg = reg >> 1;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if short circuit detection occurs */
+ else if ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance == DFSDM1_Filter0) && \
+ ((temp_fltisr & DFSDM_FLTISR_SCDF) != 0U) && \
+ ((temp_fltcr2 & DFSDM_FLTCR2_SCDIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ uint32_t reg;
+ uint32_t channel = 0;
+
+ /* Get channel */
+ reg = ((hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLTISR_SCDF) >> DFSDM_FLTISR_SCDF_Pos);
+ while (((reg & 1U) == 0U) && (channel < (DFSDM1_CHANNEL_NUMBER - 1U)))
+ {
+ channel++;
+ reg = reg >> 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear short circuit detection flag */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTICR = (1UL << (DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRSCDF_Pos + channel));
+
+ /* Call short circuit detection callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[channel]->ScdCallback(a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[channel]);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback(a_dfsdm1ChannelHandle[channel]);
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Regular conversion complete callback.
+ * @note In interrupt mode, user has to read conversion value in this function
+ * using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetRegularValue.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_filter);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Half regular conversion complete callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_filter);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Injected conversion complete callback.
+ * @note In interrupt mode, user has to read conversion value in this function
+ * using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetInjectedValue.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_filter);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Half injected conversion complete callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_filter);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Filter analog watchdog callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @param Channel Corresponding channel.
+ * @param Threshold Low or high threshold has been reached.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter,
+ uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_filter);
+ UNUSED(Channel);
+ UNUSED(Threshold);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Error callback.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdfsdm_filter);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDM_Exported_Functions_Group4_Filter Filter state functions
+ * @brief Filter state functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Filter state functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Get the DFSDM filter state.
+ (+) Get the DFSDM filter error.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get the current DFSDM filter handle state.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval DFSDM filter state.
+ */
+HAL_DFSDM_Filter_StateTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetState(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Return DFSDM filter handle state */
+ return hdfsdm_filter->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get the current DFSDM filter error.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval DFSDM filter error code.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetError(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ return hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* End of exported functions -------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DFSDM_Private_Functions DFSDM Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback for regular conversion.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_DMARegularHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Get DFSDM filter handle */
+ DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter = (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Call regular half conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvHalfCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA transfer complete callback for regular conversion.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_DMARegularConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Get DFSDM filter handle */
+ DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter = (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Call regular conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->RegConvCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback for injected conversion.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_DMAInjectedHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Get DFSDM filter handle */
+ DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter = (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Call injected half conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvHalfCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA transfer complete callback for injected conversion.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_DMAInjectedConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Get DFSDM filter handle */
+ DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter = (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Call injected conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA error callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Get DFSDM filter handle */
+ DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter = (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCode = DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Call error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdfsdm_filter->ErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#else
+ HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback(hdfsdm_filter);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get the number of injected channels.
+ * @param Channels bitfield of injected channels.
+ * @retval Number of injected channels.
+ */
+static uint32_t DFSDM_GetInjChannelsNbr(uint32_t Channels)
+{
+ uint32_t nbChannels = 0;
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Get the number of channels from bitfield */
+ tmp = (uint32_t)(Channels & DFSDM_LSB_MASK);
+ while (tmp != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((tmp & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ nbChannels++;
+ }
+ tmp = (uint32_t)(tmp >> 1);
+ }
+ return nbChannels;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to get the channel number from channel instance.
+ * @param Instance DFSDM channel instance.
+ * @retval Channel number.
+ */
+static uint32_t DFSDM_GetChannelFromInstance(const DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *Instance)
+{
+ uint32_t channel;
+
+ /* Get channel from instance */
+ if (Instance == DFSDM1_Channel0)
+ {
+ channel = 0;
+ }
+ else if (Instance == DFSDM1_Channel1)
+ {
+ channel = 1;
+ }
+ else if (Instance == DFSDM1_Channel2)
+ {
+ channel = 2;
+ }
+ else if (Instance == DFSDM1_Channel3)
+ {
+ channel = 3;
+ }
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ else if (Instance == DFSDM1_Channel4)
+ {
+ channel = 4;
+ }
+ else if (Instance == DFSDM1_Channel5)
+ {
+ channel = 5;
+ }
+ else if (Instance == DFSDM1_Channel6)
+ {
+ channel = 6;
+ }
+ else if (Instance == DFSDM1_Channel7)
+ {
+ channel = 7;
+ }
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+ else
+ {
+ channel = 0;
+ }
+
+ return channel;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to really start regular conversion.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_RegConvStart(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Check regular trigger */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ /* Software start of regular conversion */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_RSWSTART;
+ }
+ else /* synchronous trigger */
+ {
+ /* Disable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN);
+
+ /* Set RSYNC bit in DFSDM_FLTCR1 register */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_RSYNC;
+
+ /* Enable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN;
+
+ /* If injected conversion was in progress, restart it */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ)
+ {
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSWSTART;
+ }
+ /* Update remaining injected conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining = (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedScanMode == ENABLE) ? \
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedChannelsNbr : 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Update DFSDM filter state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) ? \
+ HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG : HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to really stop regular conversion.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_RegConvStop(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Disable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN);
+
+ /* If regular trigger was synchronous, reset RSYNC bit in DFSDM_FLTCR1 register */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SYNC_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_RSYNC);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN;
+
+ /* If injected conversion was in progress, restart it */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ)
+ {
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSWSTART;
+ }
+ /* Update remaining injected conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining = (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedScanMode == ENABLE) ? \
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedChannelsNbr : 1U;
+ }
+
+ /* Update DFSDM filter state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG) ? \
+ HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY : HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to really start injected conversion.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_InjConvStart(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Check injected trigger */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ /* Software start of injected conversion */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSWSTART;
+ }
+ else /* external or synchronous trigger */
+ {
+ /* Disable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN);
+
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SYNC_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ /* Set JSYNC bit in DFSDM_FLTCR1 register */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSYNC;
+ }
+ else /* external trigger */
+ {
+ /* Set JEXTEN[1:0] bits in DFSDM_FLTCR1 register */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= hdfsdm_filter->ExtTriggerEdge;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN;
+
+ /* If regular conversion was in progress, restart it */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER))
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_RSWSTART;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Update DFSDM filter state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY) ? \
+ HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ : HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function allows to really stop injected conversion.
+ * @param hdfsdm_filter DFSDM filter handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DFSDM_InjConvStop(DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_filter)
+{
+ /* Disable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN);
+
+ /* If injected trigger was synchronous, reset JSYNC bit in DFSDM_FLTCR1 register */
+ if (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SYNC_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSYNC);
+ }
+ else if (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIGGER)
+ {
+ /* Reset JEXTEN[1:0] bits in DFSDM_FLTCR1 register */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_JEXTEN);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Enable DFSDM filter */
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN;
+
+ /* If regular conversion was in progress, restart it */
+ if ((hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG_INJ) && \
+ (hdfsdm_filter->RegularTrigger == DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER))
+ {
+ hdfsdm_filter->Instance->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_RSWSTART;
+ }
+
+ /* Update remaining injected conversions */
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjConvRemaining = (hdfsdm_filter->InjectedScanMode == ENABLE) ? \
+ hdfsdm_filter->InjectedChannelsNbr : 1U;
+
+ /* Update DFSDM filter state */
+ hdfsdm_filter->State = (hdfsdm_filter->State == HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_INJ) ? \
+ HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_READY : HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_STATE_REG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* End of private functions --------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32L451xx || STM32L452xx || STM32L462xx || STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7746d0ec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief DMA HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral State and errors functions
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
+ (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
+ necessary). Please refer to the Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+ and DMA requests.
+
+ (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+ Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
+ Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode
+ using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+ Prior to HAL_DMA_Init the peripheral clock shall be enabled for both DMA & DMAMUX
+ thanks to:
+ (##) DMA1 or DMA2: __HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_ENABLE() or __HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_ENABLE() ;
+ (##) DMAMUX1: __HAL_RCC_DMAMUX1_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
+ detection.
+
+ (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+
+ -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
+ address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
+ case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+ (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
+ Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred.
+ In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+ (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
+ add his own function to register callbacks with HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback().
+
+ *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt is enabled or not.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA DMA
+ * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
+ and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
+ circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
+ [..]
+ The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+ reference manual.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified
+ * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+ if(hdma == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_REQUEST(hdma->Init.Request));
+
+ /* Compute the channel index */
+ if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+ {
+ /* DMA1 */
+ hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DMA2 */
+ hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+ }
+
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the CR register value */
+ tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+ /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR and MEM2MEM bits */
+ tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE |
+ DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC |
+ DMA_CCR_DIR | DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM));
+
+ /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
+ tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction |
+ hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
+ hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+ hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+ /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+ /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX channel :
+ DMAmuxChannel, DMAmuxChannelStatus and DMAmuxChannelStatusMask
+ */
+ DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(hdma);
+
+ if(hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)
+ {
+ /* if memory to memory force the request to 0*/
+ hdma->Init.Request = DMA_REQUEST_MEM2MEM;
+ }
+
+ /* Set peripheral request to DMAMUX channel */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR = (hdma->Init.Request & DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID);
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+ if(((hdma->Init.Request > 0U) && (hdma->Init.Request <= DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3)))
+ {
+ /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX request generator :
+ DMAmuxRequestGen, DMAmuxRequestGenStatus and DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask
+ */
+ DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(hdma);
+
+ /* Reset the DMAMUX request generator register*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = 0U;
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = 0U;
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 0U;
+ }
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+#if !defined (DMAMUX1)
+
+ /* Set request selection */
+ if(hdma->Init.Direction != DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)
+ {
+ /* Write to DMA channel selection register */
+ if (DMA1 == hdma->DmaBaseAddress)
+ {
+ /* Reset request selection for DMA1 Channelx */
+ DMA1_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+
+ /* Configure request selection for DMA1 Channelx */
+ DMA1_CSELR->CSELR |= (uint32_t) (hdma->Init.Request << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+ }
+ else /* DMA2 */
+ {
+ /* Reset request selection for DMA2 Channelx */
+ DMA2_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+
+ /* Configure request selection for DMA2 Channelx */
+ DMA2_CSELR->CSELR |= (uint32_t) (hdma->Init.Request << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* STM32L431xx || STM32L432xx || STM32L433xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L443xx */
+ /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L486xx */
+ /* STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */
+
+ /* Initialise the error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the DMA state*/
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+
+ /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+ if (NULL == hdma )
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+ /* Compute the channel index */
+ if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+ {
+ /* DMA1 */
+ hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DMA2 */
+ hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+ }
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel control register */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+#if !defined (DMAMUX1)
+
+ /* Reset DMA channel selection register */
+ if (DMA1 == hdma->DmaBaseAddress)
+ {
+ /* DMA1 */
+ DMA1_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DMA2 */
+ DMA2_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+ }
+#endif /* STM32L431xx || STM32L432xx || STM32L433xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L443xx */
+ /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L486xx */
+ /* STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+
+ /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX channel :
+ DMAmuxChannel, DMAmuxChannelStatus and DMAmuxChannelStatusMask */
+
+ DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(hdma);
+
+ /* Reset the DMAMUX channel that corresponds to the DMA channel */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+ /* Reset Request generator parameters if any */
+ if(((hdma->Init.Request > 0U) && (hdma->Init.Request <= DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3)))
+ {
+ /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX request generator :
+ DMAmuxRequestGen, DMAmuxRequestGenStatus and DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask
+ */
+ DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(hdma);
+
+ /* Reset the DMAMUX request generator register*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+ }
+
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = 0U;
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = 0U;
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 0U;
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+ /* Clean callbacks */
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Initialise the error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief Input and Output operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+ (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+ Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+ (+) Abort DMA transfer
+ (+) Poll for transfer complete
+ (+) Handle DMA interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+ {
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Disable the peripheral */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+ /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
+ DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+ {
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Disable the peripheral */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+ /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
+ DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+ /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+ /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+ if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback )
+ {
+ /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE));
+ }
+
+#ifdef DMAMUX1
+
+ /* Check if DMAMUX Synchronization is enabled*/
+ if((hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR & DMAMUX_CxCR_SE) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Enable DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR |= DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+ }
+
+ if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+ {
+ /* if using DMAMUX request generator, enable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/
+ /* enable the request gen overrun IT*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+ }
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Remain BUSY */
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+ if(hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA IT */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+ /* disable the DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+ /* Disable the channel */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+ if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+ {
+ /* if using DMAMUX request generator, disable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/
+ /* disable the request gen overrun IT*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+ }
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return status;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+ {
+ /* no transfer ongoing */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA IT */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+ /* Disable the channel */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+ /* disable the DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+ if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+ {
+ /* if using DMAMUX request generator, disable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/
+ /* disable the request gen overrun IT*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+ }
+
+#else
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Call User Abort callback */
+ if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Polling for transfer complete.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t temp;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+ {
+ /* no transfer ongoing */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
+ if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != 0U)
+ {
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+ if (HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+ {
+ /* Transfer Complete flag */
+ temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+ temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+ }
+
+ /* Get tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while((hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex& 0x1CU))) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+ /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if(((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+ /*Check for DMAMUX Request generator (if used) overrun status */
+ if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+ {
+ /* if using DMAMUX request generator Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
+ if((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
+ if((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
+ }
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+ {
+ /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex& 0x1CU));
+
+ /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
+ all transfers are complete) */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle DMA interrupt request.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
+ uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+ /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+ if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_HT) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+ if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+ }
+ /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_ISR_HTIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+
+ /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
+ /* but in Transfer Complete case */
+
+ if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Half transfer callback */
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+ else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TC) != 0U))
+ {
+ if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+ /* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */
+ /* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC);
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_TCIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer complete callback */
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/
+ else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+ /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+ /* Disable ALL DMA IT */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer error callback */
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing To Do */
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register callbacks
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param CallbackID User Callback identifer
+ * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+ * @param pCallback pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to
+ * a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister callbacks
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param CallbackID User Callback identifer
+ * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Check the DMA state
+ (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the DMA handle state.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Return DMA handle state */
+ return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the DMA error code.
+ * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval DMA Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+ if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+ /* Configure DMA Channel data length */
+ hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
+
+ /* Memory to Peripheral */
+ if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+ {
+ /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+ hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
+
+ /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+ hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
+ }
+ /* Peripheral to Memory */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+ hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
+
+ /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+ hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Updates the DMA handle with the DMAMUX channel and status mask depending on channel number
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ uint32_t channel_number;
+
+ /* check if instance is not outside the DMA channel range */
+ if ((uint32_t)hdma->Instance < (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)
+ {
+ /* DMA1 */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannel = (DMAMUX1_Channel0 + (hdma->ChannelIndex >> 2U));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DMA2 */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannel = (DMAMUX1_Channel7 + (hdma->ChannelIndex >> 2U));
+ }
+
+ channel_number = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & 0xFFU) - 8U) / 20U;
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus = DMAMUX1_ChannelStatus;
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask = 1UL << (channel_number & 0x1CU);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Updates the DMA handle with the DMAMUX request generator params
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+
+static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ uint32_t request = hdma->Init.Request & DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID;
+
+ /* DMA Channels are connected to DMAMUX1 request generator blocks*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = (DMAMUX_RequestGen_TypeDef *)((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DMAMUX1_RequestGenerator0) + ((request - 1U) * 4U)));
+
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = DMAMUX1_RequestGenStatus;
+
+ /* here "Request" is either DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR0 to DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3, i.e. <= 4*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 1UL << ((request - 1U) & 0x3U);
+}
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae98f126 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
+ * + Extended features functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (+) Configure the DMA_MUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
+ (+) Configure the DMA_MUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
+ Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
+ to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
+
+ (+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from
+ the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler.
+ As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be
+ called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project
+ (exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator)
+
+ -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
+ -@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled, the transfer is circular by default.
+ -@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
+ the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_CM0ARx or DMA_CM1ARx) when the channel is enabled.
+
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
+ * @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 DMAEx Extended features functions
+ * @brief Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+ (+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
+ (+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
+ Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
+ to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA channel (instance).
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+ * @param pSyncConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef : contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+ assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
+
+ assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig-> SyncPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable));
+ assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable));
+ assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber));
+
+ /*Check if the DMA state is ready */
+ if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/
+ MODIFY_REG( hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \
+ (~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID) , \
+ ((pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID) << DMAMUX_CxCR_SYNC_ID_Pos) | ((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ_Pos) | \
+ pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity | ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_SE_Pos) | \
+ ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE_Pos));
+
+ /* Process UnLocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*DMA State not Ready*/
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+ * @param pRequestGeneratorConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef :
+ * contains the request generator parameters.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+ assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
+
+ assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber));
+
+ /* check if the DMA state is ready
+ and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+ */
+ if((hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Set the request generator new parameters */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \
+ ((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_RGxCR_GNBREQ_Pos)| \
+ pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity;
+ /* Process UnLocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+ /* check if the DMA state is ready
+ and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+ */
+ if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
+ {
+
+ /* Enable the request generator*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+ /* check if the DMA state is ready
+ and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+ */
+ if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
+ {
+
+ /* Disable the request generator*/
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles DMAMUX interrupt request.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
+ if((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
+
+ if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer error callback */
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)
+ {
+ /* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
+ if((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+ /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+ hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
+
+ if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer error callback */
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74405ed64 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,643 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
+
+ (+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
+ (++) Interrupt
+ (++) Event
+ (++) Both of them
+
+ (+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
+ (++) Rising
+ (++) Falling
+ (++) Both of them
+
+ (+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
+ interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
+ occurs:
+ (++) Rising edge pending interrupt
+ (++) Falling
+
+ (+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
+ be selected through multiplexer.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+
+ (#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
+ (++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
+ EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+ (++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
+ EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+ (++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
+ "Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+ (++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
+ member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+
+ (#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
+ HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+ (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+ (++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
+
+ (#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+ (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+
+ (#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
+ (++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
+ (++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
+ EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
+ (++) Provide callback function pointer.
+
+ (#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+ (#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+ (#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+ * @{
+ */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
+ * Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
+ * of bounds [0,3] in following API :
+ * HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
+ * HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
+ * HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between MCU IMR/EMR registers */
+#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between MCU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @brief Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t linepos;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+ uint32_t offset;
+
+ /* Check null pointer */
+ if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
+
+ /* Assign line number to handle */
+ hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
+
+ /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+ offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+ linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+ maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+ /* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
+
+ /* Configure rising trigger */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = *regaddr;
+
+ /* Mask or set line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ regval |= maskline;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ regval &= ~maskline;
+ }
+
+ /* Store rising trigger mode */
+ *regaddr = regval;
+
+ /* Configure falling trigger */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = *regaddr;
+
+ /* Mask or set line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ regval |= maskline;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ regval &= ~maskline;
+ }
+
+ /* Store falling trigger mode */
+ *regaddr = regval;
+
+ /* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+ regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+ regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+ regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = *regaddr;
+
+ /* Mask or set line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ regval |= maskline;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ regval &= ~maskline;
+ }
+
+ /* Store interrupt mode */
+ *regaddr = regval;
+
+ /* The event mode cannot be configured if the line does not support it */
+ assert_param(((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_EVENT) == EXTI_EVENT) || ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != EXTI_MODE_EVENT));
+
+ /* Configure event mode : read current mode */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = *regaddr;
+
+ /* Mask or set line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ regval |= maskline;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ regval &= ~maskline;
+ }
+
+ /* Store event mode */
+ *regaddr = regval;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t linepos;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+ uint32_t offset;
+
+ /* Check null pointer */
+ if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+ /* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
+ pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
+
+ /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+ offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+ linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+ maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+ /* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = *regaddr;
+
+ /* Check if selected line is enable */
+ if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Get event mode */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = *regaddr;
+
+ /* Check if selected line is enable */
+ if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
+ }
+
+ /* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = *regaddr;
+
+ /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+ if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Get falling configuration */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = *regaddr;
+
+ /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+ if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+ }
+
+ /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+ regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+ pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+ pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t linepos;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+ uint32_t offset;
+
+ /* Check null pointer */
+ if (hexti == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+ /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+ offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+ linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+ maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+ /* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+ *regaddr = regval;
+
+ /* 2] Clear event mode */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+ *regaddr = regval;
+
+ /* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
+ if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+ *regaddr = regval;
+
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+ *regaddr = regval;
+
+ /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+ if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+ regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+ regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
+ * This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
+ * @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
+ hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Store line number as handle private field.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
+ * This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
+
+ /* Check null pointer */
+ if (hexti == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Store line number as handle private field */
+ hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ * @brief EXTI IO functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @retval none.
+ */
+void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+ uint32_t offset;
+
+ /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+ offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+ maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+ /* Get pending bit */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+ regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
+
+ if (regval != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Clear pending bit */
+ *regaddr = maskline;
+
+ /* Call callback */
+ if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ hexti->PendingCallback();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+ * This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+ * @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t linepos;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+ uint32_t offset;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+ /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+ offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+ linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+ maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+ /* Get pending bit */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+
+ /* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
+ regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
+ return regval;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+ * This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+ uint32_t offset;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+ /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+ offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+ maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+ /* Get pending register address */
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+
+ /* Clear Pending bit */
+ *regaddr = maskline;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+ uint32_t offset;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+ /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+ offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+ maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+ regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+ *regaddr = maskline;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7469624d --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,769 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+ * + Program operations functions
+ * + Memory Control functions
+ * + Peripheral Errors functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
+ to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
+ and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+ [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+ prefetch and cache lines.
+
+ [..] The FLASH main features are:
+ (+) Flash memory read operations
+ (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+ (+) Read / write protections
+ (+) Option bytes programming
+ (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+ (+) 32 cache lines of 4*64 bits on I-Code
+ (+) 8 cache lines of 4*64 bits on D-Code
+ (+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 72-bits word
+ (8 bits added per double word)
+
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
+ memory of all STM32L4xx devices.
+
+ (#) Flash Memory IO Programming functions:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
+ HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
+ (++) Program functions: double word and fast program (full row programming)
+ (++) There Two modes of programming :
+ (+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
+ (+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
+
+ (#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
+ (++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
+ (++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished :
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise
+ HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
+ (++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetError()
+
+ (#) Option bytes management functions :
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and
+ HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions
+ (++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_Launch() function.
+ In this case, a reset is generated
+
+ [..]
+ In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+ to handle the following operations:
+ (+) Set the latency
+ (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+ (+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
+ (+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
+ (+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down during low-power run and sleep modes
+ (+) Enable/Disable the Flash interrupts
+ (+) Monitor the Flash flags status
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+ * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW 64
+#else
+#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW 32
+#endif
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Variable used for Program/Erase sectors under interruption
+ */
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, \
+ .ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE, \
+ .ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE, \
+ .Address = 0U, \
+ .Bank = FLASH_BANK_1, \
+ .Page = 0U, \
+ .NbPagesToErase = 0U, \
+ .CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED};
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
+static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
+ * @brief Programming operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Programming operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
+ program operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address.
+ * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed
+ * This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
+ * are stored the data for the row fast program
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t prog_bit = 0;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+ }
+
+ if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
+ {
+ /* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+ FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
+ prog_bit = FLASH_CR_PG;
+ }
+ else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST))
+ {
+ /* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+ FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
+
+ /* If it is the last row, the bit will be cleared at the end of the operation */
+ if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)
+ {
+ prog_bit = FLASH_CR_FSTPG;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG or FSTPG Bit */
+ if (prog_bit != 0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, prog_bit);
+ }
+
+ /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+ FLASH_FlushCaches();
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
+ * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed
+ * This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
+ * are stored the data for the row fast program
+ *
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+ }
+
+ /* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */
+ if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)
+ {
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
+ }
+ pFlash.Address = Address;
+
+ /* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
+
+ if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
+ {
+ /* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+ FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
+ }
+ else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST))
+ {
+ /* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+ FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle FLASH interrupt request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp_page;
+ uint32_t error;
+ FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef procedure;
+
+ /* If the operation is completed, disable the PG, PNB, MER1, MER2 and PER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_PNB));
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER2);
+#endif
+
+ /* Disable the FSTPG Bit only if it is the last row programmed */
+ if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
+ }
+
+ /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+ error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
+ error |= (FLASH->ECCR & FLASH_FLAG_ECCC);
+
+ if (error !=0U)
+ {
+ /*Save the error code*/
+ pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
+
+ /* Clear error programming flags */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
+
+ /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+ FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+ /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+ procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing;
+ if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE)
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Page);
+ }
+ else if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE)
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Bank);
+ }
+ else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) ||
+ (procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST))
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Address);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(0U);
+ }
+
+ /*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+
+ if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE)
+ {
+ /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+ pFlash.NbPagesToErase--;
+
+ /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
+ if(pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Indicate user which page has been erased*/
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page);
+
+ /* Increment page number */
+ pFlash.Page++;
+ tmp_page = pFlash.Page;
+ FLASH_PageErase(tmp_page, pFlash.Bank);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No more pages to Erase */
+ /* Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure */
+ pFlash.Page = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+
+ /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+ FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+ /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+ FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+ procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing;
+ if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE)
+ {
+ /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
+ /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank);
+ }
+ else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) ||
+ (procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST))
+ {
+ /* Program ended. Return the selected address */
+ /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /*Clear the procedure ongoing*/
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Disable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
+ * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+ * Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
+ * Page Erase: Page which has been erased
+ * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
+ * Program: Address which was selected for data program
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
+ * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+ * Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
+ * Page Erase: Page number which returned an error
+ * Program: Address which was selected for data program
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
+ memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
+
+ /* Verify Flash is unlocked */
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Lock the FLASH control register access.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Launch the option byte loading.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+ /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief Peripheral Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+ * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE: No error set
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OP: FLASH Operation error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG: FLASH Programming error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protection error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming alignment error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZ: FLASH Size error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming sequence error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_MIS: FLASH Fast programming data miss error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FAST: FLASH Fast programming error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH PCROP read error
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV: FLASH Option validity error
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PEMPTY : FLASH Boot from not programmed flash (apply only for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+ * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_ECCD: FLASH two ECC errors have been detected
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+ return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+ * @param Timeout: maximum flash operation timeout
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+ Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+ flag will be set */
+
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ uint32_t error;
+
+ while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
+ {
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
+ error |= (FLASH->ECCR & FLASH_FLAG_ECCD);
+
+ if(error != 0u)
+ {
+ /*Save the error code*/
+ pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
+
+ /* Clear error programming flags */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
+ if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+ {
+ /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+ }
+
+ /* If there is an error flag set */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Set PG bit */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+ /* Program first word */
+ *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = (uint32_t)Data;
+
+ /* Barrier to ensure programming is performed in 2 steps, in right order
+ (independently of compiler optimization behavior) */
+ __ISB();
+
+ /* Program second word */
+ *(__IO uint32_t*)(Address+4U) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fast program a row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param DataAddress: specifies the address where the data are stored.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress)
+{
+ uint32_t primask_bit;
+ uint8_t row_index = (2*FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW);
+ __IO uint32_t *dest_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)Address;
+ __IO uint32_t *src_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)DataAddress;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Set FSTPG bit */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
+
+ /* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during the loop */
+ primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
+ __disable_irq();
+
+ /* Program the double word of the row */
+ do
+ {
+ *dest_addr = *src_addr;
+ dest_addr++;
+ src_addr++;
+ row_index--;
+ } while (row_index != 0U);
+
+ /* Re-enable the interrupts */
+ __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a30708b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1308 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the FLASH extended peripheral:
+ * + Extended programming operations functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Flash Extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32L4xx
+ devices contains the following additional features
+
+ (+) Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write
+ capability (RWW)
+ (+) Dual bank memory organization
+ (+) PCROP protection for all banks
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
+ of all STM32L4xx devices. It includes
+ (#) Flash Memory Erase functions:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
+ HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
+ (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all sectors
+ (++) There are two modes of erase :
+ (+++) Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()
+ (+++) Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
+
+ (#) Option Bytes Programming function: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to :
+ (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+ (++) Set the Read protection Level
+ (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+ (++) Configure the PCROP protection
+
+ (#) Get Option Bytes Configuration function: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig() to :
+ (++) Get the value of a write protection area
+ (++) Know if the read protection is activated
+ (++) Get the value of the user Option Bytes
+ (++) Get the value of a PCROP area
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx
+ * @brief FLASH Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t WRPStartOffset, uint32_t WRDPEndOffset);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint32_t RDPLevel);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t UserType, uint32_t UserConfig);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t PCROPConfig, uint32_t PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t PCROPEndAddr);
+static void FLASH_OB_GetWRP(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t * WRPStartOffset, uint32_t * WRDPEndOffset);
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
+static void FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(uint32_t * PCROPConfig, uint32_t * PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t * PCROPEndAddr);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended IO operation functions
+ * @brief Extended IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended programming operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extended FLASH
+ programming operations Operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages.
+ * @param[in] pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+ *
+ * @param[out] PageError : pointer to variable that contains the configuration
+ * information on faulty page in case of error (0xFFFFFFFF means that all
+ * the pages have been correctly erased)
+ *
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t page_index;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Deactivate the cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable instruction cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED;
+ }
+ }
+ else if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+ }
+
+ if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+ {
+ /* Mass erase to be done */
+ FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER1 and MER2 Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2));
+#else
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER1 Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1));
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*Initialization of PageError variable*/
+ *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+ for(page_index = pEraseInit->Page; page_index < (pEraseInit->Page + pEraseInit->NbPages); page_index++)
+ {
+ FLASH_PageErase(page_index, pEraseInit->Banks);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_PNB));
+
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */
+ *PageError = page_index;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+ FLASH_FlushCaches();
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled.
+ * @param pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Deactivate the cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable instruction cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED;
+ }
+ }
+ else if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
+
+ pFlash.Bank = pEraseInit->Banks;
+
+ if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+ {
+ /* Mass erase to be done */
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE;
+ FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Erase by page to be done */
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE;
+ pFlash.NbPagesToErase = pEraseInit->NbPages;
+ pFlash.Page = pEraseInit->Page;
+
+ /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT */
+ FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->Page, pEraseInit->Banks);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program Option bytes.
+ * @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the programming.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
+
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Write protection configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configure of Write protection on the selected area */
+ if(FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(pOBInit->WRPArea, pOBInit->WRPStartOffset, pOBInit->WRPEndOffset) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /* Read protection configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Read protection level */
+ if(FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* User Configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configure the user option bytes */
+ if(FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERType, pOBInit->USERConfig) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* PCROP Configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) != 0U)
+ {
+ if (pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr != pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */
+ if(FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(pOBInit->PCROPConfig, pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr, pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the Option bytes configuration.
+ * @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that contains the
+ * configuration information.
+ * @note The fields pOBInit->WRPArea and pOBInit->PCROPConfig should indicate
+ * which area is requested for the WRP and PCROP, else no information will be returned
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+ pOBInit->OptionType = (OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER);
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ if((pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB) ||
+ (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB))
+#else
+ if((pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB))
+#endif
+ {
+ pOBInit->OptionType |= OPTIONBYTE_WRP;
+ /* Get write protection on the selected area */
+ FLASH_OB_GetWRP(pOBInit->WRPArea, &(pOBInit->WRPStartOffset), &(pOBInit->WRPEndOffset));
+ }
+
+ /* Get Read protection level */
+ pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
+
+ /* Get the user option bytes */
+ pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser();
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ if((pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_1) || (pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_2))
+#else
+ if(pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_1)
+#endif
+ {
+ pOBInit->OptionType |= OPTIONBYTE_PCROP;
+ /* Get the Proprietary code readout protection */
+ FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(&(pOBInit->PCROPConfig), &(pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr), &(pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined (FLASH_CFGR_LVEN)
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended specific configuration functions
+ * @brief Extended specific configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended specific configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extended FLASH
+ specific configurations.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration of the LVE pin of the Flash (managed by power controller
+ * or forced to low in order to use an external SMPS)
+ * @param ConfigLVE: Configuration of the LVE pin,
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_LVE_PIN_CTRL: LVE FLASH pin controlled by power controller
+ * @arg FLASH_LVE_PIN_FORCED: LVE FLASH pin enforced to low (external SMPS used)
+ *
+ * @note Before enforcing the LVE pin to low, the SOC should be in low voltage
+ * range 2 and the voltage VDD12 should be higher than 1.08V and SMPS is ON.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_ConfigLVEPin(uint32_t ConfigLVE)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_LVE_PIN(ConfigLVE));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Check that the voltage scaling is range 2 */
+ if (HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange() == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+ {
+ /* Configure the LVEN bit */
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->CFGR, FLASH_CFGR_LVEN, ConfigLVE);
+
+ /* Check that the bit has been correctly configured */
+ if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CFGR, FLASH_CFGR_LVEN) != ConfigLVE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Not allow to force Flash LVE pin if not in voltage range 2 */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* FLASH_CFGR_LVEN */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Mass erase of FLASH memory.
+ * @param Banks: Banks to be erased
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased
+ * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Bank2 to be erased
+ * @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks)
+{
+#if defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) != 0U)
+#endif
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+ /* Set the Mass Erase Bit for the bank 1 if requested */
+ if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_1) != 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER1);
+ }
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ /* Set the Mass Erase Bit for the bank 2 if requested */
+ if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_2) != 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER2);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+#if defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Proceed to erase all sectors */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page.
+ * @param Page: FLASH page to erase
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0 and (max number of pages in the bank - 1)
+ * @param Banks: Bank(s) where the page will be erased
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Page in bank 1 to be erased
+ * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Page in bank 2 to be erased
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t Page, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(Page));
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#if defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK_EXCLUSIVE(Banks));
+
+ if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_1) != 0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER);
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(Banks);
+#endif
+
+ /* Proceed to erase the page */
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PNB, ((Page & 0xFFU) << FLASH_CR_PNB_Pos));
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flush the instruction and data caches.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_FlushCaches(void)
+{
+ FLASH_CacheTypeDef cache = pFlash.CacheToReactivate;
+
+ /* Flush instruction cache */
+ if((cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED) ||
+ (cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED))
+ {
+ /* Reset instruction cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET();
+ /* Enable instruction cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE();
+ }
+
+ /* Flush data cache */
+ if((cache == FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED) ||
+ (cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED))
+ {
+ /* Reset data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET();
+ /* Enable data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE();
+ }
+
+ /* Reset internal variable */
+ pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the write protection of the desired pages.
+ *
+ * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+ * it is not possible to program or erase Flash memory if the CPU debug
+ * features are connected (JTAG or single wire) or boot code is being
+ * executed from RAM or System flash, even if WRP is not activated.
+ * @note To configure the WRP options, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be
+ * cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+ * @note To validate the WRP options, the option bytes must be reloaded
+ * through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
+ *
+ * @param WRPArea: specifies the area to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA: Flash Bank 1 Area A
+ * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB: Flash Bank 1 Area B
+ * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA: Flash Bank 2 Area A (don't apply for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+ * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB: Flash Bank 2 Area B (don't apply for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+ *
+ * @param WRPStartOffset: specifies the start page of the write protected area
+ * This parameter can be page number between 0 and (max number of pages in the bank - 1)
+ *
+ * @param WRDPEndOffset: specifies the end page of the write protected area
+ * This parameter can be page number between WRPStartOffset and (max number of pages in the bank - 1)
+ *
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t WRPStartOffset, uint32_t WRDPEndOffset)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRPAREA(WRPArea));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(WRPStartOffset));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(WRDPEndOffset));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure the write protected area */
+ if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1AR, (FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT | FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END),
+ (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16)));
+ }
+ else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1BR, (FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT | FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END),
+ (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16)));
+ }
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2AR, (FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT | FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END),
+ (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16)));
+ }
+ else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2BR, (FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT | FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END),
+ (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16)));
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the read protection level.
+ *
+ * @note To configure the RDP level, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be
+ * cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+ * @note To validate the RDP level, the option bytes must be reloaded
+ * through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
+ * @note !!! Warning : When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible
+ * to go back to level 1 or 0 !!!
+ *
+ * @param RDPLevel: specifies the read protection level.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint32_t RDPLevel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(RDPLevel));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure the RDP level in the option bytes register */
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP, RDPLevel);
+
+ /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte.
+ *
+ * @note To configure the user option bytes, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must
+ * be cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+ * @note To validate the user option bytes, the option bytes must be reloaded
+ * through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
+ *
+ * @param UserType: The FLASH User Option Bytes to be modified
+ * @param UserConfig: The FLASH User Option Bytes values:
+ * BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), IWDG_SW(Bit16),
+ * IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19), BFB2(Bit20),
+ * DUALBANK(Bit21), nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24) and SRAM2_RST(Bit25).
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t UserType, uint32_t UserConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t optr_reg_val = 0;
+ uint32_t optr_reg_mask = 0;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_TYPE(UserType));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_BOR_LEV) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* BOR level option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOR_LEVEL(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for BOR level option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_STOP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* nRST_STOP option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_STOP(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for nRST_STOP option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_STDBY) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* nRST_STDBY option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_STANDBY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for nRST_STDBY option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_SHDW) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* nRST_SHDW option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SHUTDOWN(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for nRST_SHDW option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_SW) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* IWDG_SW option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for IWDG_SW option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_STOP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* IWDG_STOP option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG_STOP(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for IWDG_STOP option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_STDBY) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* IWDG_STDBY option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG_STDBY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for IWDG_STDBY option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_WWDG_SW) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* WWDG_SW option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_WWDG(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for WWDG_SW option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW;
+ }
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_BFB2) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* BFB2 option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BFB2(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BFB2));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for BFB2 option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BFB2);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_BFB2;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_DUALBANK) != 0U)
+ {
+#if defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ /* DUALBANK option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_DUALBANK(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DB1M));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for DUALBANK option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DB1M);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_DB1M;
+#else
+ /* DUALBANK option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_DUALBANK(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for DUALBANK option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK;
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_nBOOT1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* nBOOT1 option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOOT1(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for nBOOT1 option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_SRAM2_PE) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* SRAM2_PE option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SRAM2_PARITY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for SRAM2_PE option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_SRAM2_RST) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* SRAM2_RST option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SRAM2_RST(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for SRAM2_RST option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST;
+ }
+
+#if defined (STM32L412xx) || defined (STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_nSWBOOT0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* nSWBOOT0 option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SWBOOT0(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for nSWBOOT0 option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0;
+ }
+
+ if((UserType & OB_USER_nBOOT0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* nBOOT0 option byte should be modified */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOOT0(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0));
+
+ /* Set value and mask for nBOOT0 option byte */
+ optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0);
+ optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Configure the option bytes register */
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, optr_reg_mask, optr_reg_val);
+
+ /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Proprietary code readout protection of the desired addresses.
+ *
+ * @note To configure the PCROP options, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be
+ * cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+ * @note To validate the PCROP options, the option bytes must be reloaded
+ * through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
+ *
+ * @param PCROPConfig: specifies the configuration (Bank to be configured and PCROP_RDP option).
+ * This parameter must be a combination of FLASH_BANK_1 or FLASH_BANK_2
+ * with OB_PCROP_RDP_NOT_ERASE or OB_PCROP_RDP_ERASE
+ *
+ * @param PCROPStartAddr: specifies the start address of the Proprietary code readout protection
+ * This parameter can be an address between begin and end of the bank
+ *
+ * @param PCROPEndAddr: specifies the end address of the Proprietary code readout protection
+ * This parameter can be an address between PCROPStartAddr and end of the bank
+ *
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t PCROPConfig, uint32_t PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t PCROPEndAddr)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t reg_value;
+ uint32_t bank1_addr;
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ uint32_t bank2_addr;
+#endif
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK_EXCLUSIVE(PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP_RDP(PCROPConfig & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(PCROPStartAddr));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(PCROPEndAddr));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ /* Get the information about the bank swapping */
+ if (READ_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_FB_MODE) == 0U)
+ {
+ bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+ bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE;
+ bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+ }
+#else
+ bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */
+ if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1)
+ {
+ reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4);
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR, FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT, reg_value);
+
+ reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4);
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END, reg_value);
+ }
+ else if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2)
+ {
+ reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4);
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR, FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT, reg_value);
+
+ reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4);
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER, FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END, reg_value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */
+ if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1)
+ {
+ reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - bank1_addr) >> 3);
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR, FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT, reg_value);
+
+ reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - bank1_addr) >> 3);
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END, reg_value);
+ }
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ else if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2)
+ {
+ reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - bank2_addr) >> 3);
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR, FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT, reg_value);
+
+ reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - bank2_addr) >> 3);
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER, FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END, reg_value);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP, (PCROPConfig & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP));
+
+ /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] WRPArea: specifies the area to be returned.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA: Flash Bank 1 Area A
+ * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB: Flash Bank 1 Area B
+ * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA: Flash Bank 2 Area A (don't apply to STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+ * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB: Flash Bank 2 Area B (don't apply to STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+ *
+ * @param[out] WRPStartOffset: specifies the address where to copied the start page
+ * of the write protected area
+ *
+ * @param[out] WRDPEndOffset: specifies the address where to copied the end page of
+ * the write protected area
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_OB_GetWRP(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t * WRPStartOffset, uint32_t * WRDPEndOffset)
+{
+ /* Get the configuration of the write protected area */
+ if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA)
+ {
+ *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1AR, FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT);
+ *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1AR, FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END) >> 16);
+ }
+ else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB)
+ {
+ *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1BR, FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT);
+ *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1BR, FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END) >> 16);
+ }
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA)
+ {
+ *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2AR, FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT);
+ *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2AR, FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END) >> 16);
+ }
+ else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB)
+ {
+ *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2BR, FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT);
+ *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2BR, FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END) >> 16);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the FLASH Read Protection level.
+ * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status:
+ * This return value can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
+ */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
+{
+ uint32_t rdp_level = READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP);
+
+ if ((rdp_level != OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) && (rdp_level != OB_RDP_LEVEL_2))
+ {
+ return (OB_RDP_LEVEL_1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
+ * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values:
+ * For STM32L47x/STM32L48x devices :
+ * BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), nRST_SHDW(Bit14),
+ * IWDG_SW(Bit16), IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19),
+ * BFB2(Bit20), DUALBANK(Bit21), nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24) and SRAM2_RST(Bit25).
+ * For STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices :
+ * BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), nRST_SHDW(Bit14),
+ * IWDG_SW(Bit16), IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19),
+ * nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24), SRAM2_RST(Bit25), nSWBOOT0(Bit26) and nBOOT0(Bit27).
+ */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
+{
+ uint32_t user_config = READ_REG(FLASH->OPTR);
+ CLEAR_BIT(user_config, FLASH_OPTR_RDP);
+
+ return user_config;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ *
+ * @param PCROPConfig [inout]: specifies the configuration (Bank to be configured and PCROP_RDP option).
+ * This parameter must be a combination of FLASH_BANK_1 or FLASH_BANK_2
+ * with OB_PCROP_RDP_NOT_ERASE or OB_PCROP_RDP_ERASE
+ *
+ * @param PCROPStartAddr [out]: specifies the address where to copied the start address
+ * of the Proprietary code readout protection
+ *
+ * @param PCROPEndAddr [out]: specifies the address where to copied the end address of
+ * the Proprietary code readout protection
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(uint32_t * PCROPConfig, uint32_t * PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t * PCROPEndAddr)
+{
+ uint32_t reg_value;
+ uint32_t bank1_addr;
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ uint32_t bank2_addr;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ /* Get the information about the bank swapping */
+ if (READ_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_FB_MODE) == 0U)
+ {
+ bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+ bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE;
+ bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+ }
+#else
+ bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U)
+ {
+ if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1)
+ {
+ reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR) & FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT);
+ *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE;
+
+ reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END);
+ *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE + 0xFU;
+ }
+ else if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2)
+ {
+ reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR) & FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT);
+ *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE;
+
+ reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER) & FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END);
+ *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE + 0xFU;;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1)
+ {
+ reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR) & FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT);
+ *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank1_addr;
+
+ reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END);
+ *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank1_addr + 0x7U;
+ }
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+ defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+ else if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2)
+ {
+ reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR) & FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT);
+ *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank2_addr;
+
+ reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER) & FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END);
+ *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank2_addr + 0x7U;
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+
+ *PCROPConfig |= (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP);
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d32ef793 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief FLASH RAMFUNC driver.
+ * This file provides a Flash firmware functions which should be
+ * executed from internal SRAM
+ * + FLASH HalfPage Programming
+ * + FLASH Power Down in Run mode
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Flash RAM functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ *** ARM Compiler ***
+ --------------------
+ [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
+ Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate
+ source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
+ the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
+ Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
+ Options for Target' dialog.
+
+ *** ICCARM Compiler ***
+ -----------------------
+ [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
+
+ *** GNU Compiler ***
+ --------------------
+ [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
+ "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH_RAMFUNC
+ * @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH in RAM function Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### ramfunc functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Power down in Run Mode
+ * @note This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown(void)
+{
+ /* Enable the Power Down in Run mode*/
+ __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE();
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Power down in Run Mode
+ * @note This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown(void)
+{
+ /* Disable the Power Down in Run mode*/
+ __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE();
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+/**
+ * @brief Program the FLASH DBANK User Option Byte.
+ *
+ * @note To configure the user option bytes, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must
+ * be cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+ * @note To modify the DBANK option byte, no PCROP region should be defined.
+ * To deactivate PCROP, user should perform RDP changing
+ *
+ * @param DBankConfig: The FLASH DBANK User Option Byte value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_DBANK_128_BITS: Single-bank with 128-bits data
+ * @arg OB_DBANK_64_BITS: Dual-bank with 64-bits data
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DBankConfig(uint32_t DBankConfig)
+{
+ register uint32_t count, reg;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check if the PCROP is disabled */
+ reg = FLASH->PCROP1SR;
+ if (reg > FLASH->PCROP1ER)
+ {
+ reg = FLASH->PCROP2SR;
+ if (reg > FLASH->PCROP2ER)
+ {
+ /* Disable Flash prefetch */
+ __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE();
+
+ if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable Flash instruction cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Flush Flash instruction cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET();
+ }
+
+ if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable Flash data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Flush Flash data cache */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET();
+ }
+
+ /* Disable WRP zone 1 of 1st bank if needed */
+ reg = FLASH->WRP1AR;
+ if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT_Pos) <=
+ ((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END_Pos))
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1AR, (FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT | FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END), FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable WRP zone 2 of 1st bank if needed */
+ reg = FLASH->WRP1BR;
+ if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT_Pos) <=
+ ((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END_Pos))
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1BR, (FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT | FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END), FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable WRP zone 1 of 2nd bank if needed */
+ reg = FLASH->WRP2AR;
+ if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT_Pos) <=
+ ((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END_Pos))
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2AR, (FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT | FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END), FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable WRP zone 2 of 2nd bank if needed */
+ reg = FLASH->WRP2BR;
+ if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT_Pos) <=
+ ((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END_Pos))
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2BR, (FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT | FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END), FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT);
+ }
+
+ /* Modify the DBANK user option byte */
+ MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK, DBankConfig);
+
+ /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ /* 8 is the number of required instruction cycles for the below loop statement (timeout expressed in ms) */
+ count = FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE * (SystemCoreClock / 8U / 1000U);
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ } while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET);
+
+ /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+ /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..851121a22 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,557 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
+ configured by software in several modes:
+ (++) Input mode
+ (++) Analog mode
+ (++) Output mode
+ (++) Alternate function mode
+ (++) External interrupt/event lines
+
+ (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
+ lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+
+ (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
+ activated or not.
+
+ (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+ type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+
+ (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
+ multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
+ to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
+ sharing the same IO pin.
+
+ (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
+ lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
+ connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+
+ (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 39 edge detectors
+ (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
+ input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
+ and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
+ also be masked independently.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+ (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+ (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+ (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
+ structure.
+ (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
+ configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+ (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
+ is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+ (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
+ or DAC output.
+ (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
+ GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
+ the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+
+ (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
+ mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+ HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+ (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+
+ (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
+ HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+
+ (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+
+ (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
+ active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+ pins).
+
+ (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
+ (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
+ priority over the GPIO function.
+
+ (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
+ general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
+ The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+ * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
+ * Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
+ * range of the shift operator in following API :
+ * HAL_GPIO_Init
+ * HAL_GPIO_DeInit
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+#define GPIO_MODE (0x00000003u)
+#define ANALOG_MODE (0x00000008u)
+#define EXTI_MODE (0x10000000u)
+#define GPIO_MODE_IT (0x00010000u)
+#define GPIO_MODE_EVT (0x00020000u)
+#define RISING_EDGE (0x00100000u)
+#define FALLING_EDGE (0x00200000u)
+#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE (0x00000010u)
+
+#define GPIO_NUMBER (16u)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+ * @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{
+ uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+ uint32_t iocurrent;
+ uint32_t temp;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
+
+ /* Configure the port pins */
+ while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Get current io position */
+ iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+ if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+ {
+ /* Check the Alternate function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
+
+ /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
+ temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
+ temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+ temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+ GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
+ temp = GPIOx->MODER;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
+ temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
+ GPIOx->MODER = temp;
+
+ /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
+ (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+ {
+ /* Check the Speed parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+ /* Configure the IO Speed */
+ temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
+ temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
+ GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
+
+ /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+ temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
+ temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4u) << position);
+ GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
+ }
+
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
+
+ /* In case of Analog mode, check if ADC control mode is selected */
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG)
+ {
+ /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+ temp = GPIOx->ASCR;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0 << position) ;
+ temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & ANALOG_MODE) >> 3) << position);
+ GPIOx->ASCR = temp;
+ }
+
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */
+
+ /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
+ temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
+ temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2u));
+ GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
+
+ /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+ temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+ temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
+
+ /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+ temp = EXTI->IMR1;
+ temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
+ {
+ temp |= iocurrent;
+ }
+ EXTI->IMR1 = temp;
+
+ temp = EXTI->EMR1;
+ temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
+ {
+ temp |= iocurrent;
+ }
+ EXTI->EMR1 = temp;
+
+ /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+ temp = EXTI->RTSR1;
+ temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
+ {
+ temp |= iocurrent;
+ }
+ EXTI->RTSR1 = temp;
+
+ temp = EXTI->FTSR1;
+ temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
+ {
+ temp |= iocurrent;
+ }
+ EXTI->FTSR1 = temp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ position++;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+ uint32_t iocurrent;
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ /* Configure the port pins */
+ while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Get current io position */
+ iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+ if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+ /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
+
+ tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+ tmp &= (0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+ if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))))
+ {
+ /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+ EXTI->IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+ EXTI->EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+
+ /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+ EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+ EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+
+ tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
+ }
+
+ /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+ /* Configure IO in Analog Mode */
+ GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
+
+ /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
+ GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
+
+ /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
+ GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
+
+ /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
+ GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
+
+ /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
+ GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
+
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
+ /* Deactivate the Control bit of Analog mode for the current IO */
+ GPIOx->ASCR &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0<< position);
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */
+ }
+
+ position++;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read the specified input port pin.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval The input port pin value.
+ */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit.
+ *
+ * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
+ * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+ * the read and the modify access.
+ *
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+ * @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
+ * @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+ if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+ {
+ GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+ * @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+ * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+ * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+ * until the next reset.
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+ tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
+ /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+ /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+ /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+ /* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
+ tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+ /* Read again in order to confirm lock is active */
+ if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+ if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+ HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI line detection callback.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75be2ea9b --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,6502 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief I2C HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c;
+
+ (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit() API:
+ (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock
+ (##) I2C pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs
+ (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
+ (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+ (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
+ (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+ (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive channel
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using
+ (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel
+ (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on
+ the DMA Tx or Rx channel
+
+ (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, Dual Addressing mode,
+ Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the @ref HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware
+ (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
+
+ (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function @ref HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+ (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
+ (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
+ (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
+ (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
+
+ *** Polling mode IO MEM operation ***
+ =====================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
+ (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
+
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+ (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+ (+) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+ This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+
+ *** Interrupt mode or DMA mode IO sequential operation ***
+ ==========================================================
+ [..]
+ (@) These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition
+ when a direction change during transfer
+ [..]
+ (+) A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer
+ (+) Option field values are defined through @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed below:
+ (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functionnal is same as associated interfaces in no sequential mode
+ (++) I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address
+ and data to transfer without a final stop condition
+ (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address
+ and data to transfer without a final stop condition, an then permit a call the same master sequential interface
+ several times (like @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ or @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA())
+ (++) I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart condition, address
+ and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer
+ if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases
+ (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition, address
+ and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer
+ if no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases
+ (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after several call of the same master sequential
+ interface several times (link with option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME).
+ Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME).
+ Then usage of this option I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP at the last Transmit or Receive sequence permit to call the oposite interface Receive or Transmit
+ without stopping the communication and so generate a restart condition.
+ (++) I2C_OTHER_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after each call of the same master sequential
+ interface.
+ Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one with a restart with slave address between each bytes using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME).
+ Then usage of this option I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME at the last frame to help automatic generation of STOP condition.
+
+ (+) Differents sequential I2C interfaces are listed below:
+ (++) Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT()
+ or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+ (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) Abort a master IT or DMA I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+ (+++) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (++) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using @ref HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() @ref HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
+ (+++) When address slave I2C match, @ref HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master (Write/Read).
+ (+++) At Listen mode end @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()
+ (++) Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT()
+ or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+ (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+ (++) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+ This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation ***
+ =======================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+ (+) At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+ (+) At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+
+ *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+ (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+ (+) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+ This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+ *** DMA mode IO MEM operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+ (+) At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+ (+) At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+
+
+ *** I2C HAL driver macros list ***
+ ==================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.
+
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK: Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() or @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback()
+ to register an interrupt callback.
+ [..]
+ Function @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode.
+ (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+ [..]
+ For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback().
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode.
+ (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ [..]
+ For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback().
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_I2C_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_I2C_Init() function.
+ [..]
+ When the compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C I2C
+ * @brief I2C HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Define I2C Private Define
+ * @{
+ */
+#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK (0xF0FFFFFFU) /*!< I2C TIMING clear register Mask */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR (10000U) /*!< 10 s */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TC (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+
+#define MAX_NBYTE_SIZE 255U
+#define SlaveAddr_SHIFT 7U
+#define SlaveAddr_MSK 0x06U
+
+/* Private define for @ref PreviousState usage */
+#define I2C_STATE_MSK ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) & (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)))) /*!< Mask State define, keep only RX and TX bits */
+#define I2C_STATE_NONE ((uint32_t)(HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE)) /*!< Default Value */
+#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) /*!< Memory Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) /*!< Memory Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+
+
+/* Private define to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */
+#define I2C_XFER_TX_IT (0x00000001U)
+#define I2C_XFER_RX_IT (0x00000002U)
+#define I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT (0x00000004U)
+
+#define I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT (0x00000011U)
+#define I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT (0x00000012U)
+#define I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT (0x00000012U)
+
+/* Private define Sequential Transfer Options default/reset value */
+#define I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME (0xFFFF0000U)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Private functions to handle DMA transfer */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */
+static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode);
+
+/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+
+/* Private functions for I2C transfer IRQ handler */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+
+/* Private functions to handle flags during polling transfer */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+
+/* Private functions to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */
+static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest);
+static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest);
+
+/* Private function to flush TXDR register */
+static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+
+/* Private function to handle start, restart or stop a transfer */
+static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request);
+
+/* Private function to Convert Specific options */
+static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+ deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral:
+
+ (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures
+ all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with
+ the selected configuration:
+ (++) Clock Timing
+ (++) Own Address 1
+ (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave)
+ (++) Dual Addressing mode
+ (++) Own Address 2
+ (++) Own Address 2 Mask
+ (++) General call mode
+ (++) Nostretch mode
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+ of the selected I2Cx peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters
+ * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
+ if (hi2c == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Init the I2C Callback settings */
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */
+
+ if (hi2c->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+ HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */
+ hi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/
+ /* Disable Own Address1 before set the Own Address1 configuration */
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN;
+
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */
+ if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+ }
+ else /* I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+ }
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Addressing Master mode */
+ if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10);
+ }
+ /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK);
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+ /* Disable Own Address2 before set the Own Address2 configuration */
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR2 &= ~I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE;
+
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8));
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode);
+
+ /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
+ if (hi2c == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hi2c->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the I2C MSP.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the I2C MSP.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User I2C Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pI2C_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an I2C Callback
+ * I2C callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register the Slave Address Match I2C Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Address Match Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ hi2c->AddrCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the Slave Address Match I2C Callback
+ * Info Ready I2C Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data
+ transfers.
+
+ (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+ (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+ The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+
+ (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+ (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+
+ (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+ (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_AddrCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+ }
+
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */
+ if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+ {
+ /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+ {
+ /* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */
+ /* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to read and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U);
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t) hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U);
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be read
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication.
+ * @note This function is used with Memory devices
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param Trials Number of trials
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ __IO uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0UL;
+
+ FlagStatus tmp1;
+ FlagStatus tmp2;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* Generate Start */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 = I2C_GENERATE_START(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode, DevAddress);
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+ tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ while ((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET))
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+ tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Device is ready */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */
+ if (I2C_Trials == Trials)
+ {
+ /* Generate Stop */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+ }
+
+ /* Increment Trials */
+ I2C_Trials++;
+ }
+ while (I2C_Trials < Trials);
+
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+
+ /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+ if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+ {
+ xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+ /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount < MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+
+ /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+ if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+ {
+ xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+ /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount < MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+
+ /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+ if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+ {
+ xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+ /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount < MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+
+ /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+ if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+ {
+ xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+ /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount < MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+ /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE)
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+ /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+ {
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Reset XferSize */
+ hi2c->XferSize = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE)
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+ /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT)
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+ /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+ {
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Reset XferSize */
+ hi2c->XferSize = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT)
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Enable the Address Match interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ tmp = (uint32_t)(hi2c->State) & I2C_STATE_MSK;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = tmp | (uint32_t)(hi2c->Mode);
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable the Address Match interrupt */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort a master I2C IT or DMA process communication with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress)
+{
+ if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Set State at HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT;
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to 1 to generate a dummy read on I2C peripheral */
+ /* Set AUTOEND mode, this will generate a NACK then STOP condition to abort the current transfer */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, 1, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_STOP);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong usage of abort function */
+ /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Get current IT Flags and IT sources value */
+ uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+
+ /* I2C events treatment -------------------------------------*/
+ if (hi2c->XferISR != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferISR(hi2c, itflags, itsources);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t tmperror;
+
+ /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR;
+
+ /* Clear BERR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR);
+ }
+
+ /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR;
+
+ /* Clear OVR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR);
+ }
+
+ /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO;
+
+ /* Clear ARLO flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO);
+ }
+
+ /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */
+ tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */
+ if ((tmperror & (HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO)) != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, tmperror);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave Address Match callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of @ref I2C_XFERDIRECTION
+ * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+ UNUSED(TransferDirection);
+ UNUSED(AddrMatchCode);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Listen Complete callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C error callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C abort callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the I2C handle state.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Return I2C handle state */
+ return hi2c->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2C module
+ * @retval HAL mode
+ */
+HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ return hi2c->Mode;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Return the I2C error code.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+* @retval I2C Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ return hi2c->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+ uint16_t devaddress;
+ uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set corresponding Error Code */
+ /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */
+ /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */
+ tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE;
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, hi2c->XferOptions, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */
+ if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+ {
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ /* Generate Stop */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Check that I2C transfer finished */
+ /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */
+ /* Mean XferCount == 0*/
+ /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+ I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+ else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+ if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET))
+ {
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */
+ tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE;
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && \
+ (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */
+ /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */
+ /* Check if all Datas have already been sent */
+ /* If it is the case, this last write in TXDR is not sent, correspond to a dummy TXIS event */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Check if STOPF is set */
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Slave complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with DMA.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+ uint16_t devaddress;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set corresponding Error Code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+ /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */
+ /* But enable STOP interrupt, to treat it */
+ /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Disable TC interrupt */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_TCI);
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Recover Slave address */
+ devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+ /* Prepare the new XferSize to transfer */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new XferSize in Nbytes register */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */
+ if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+ {
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ /* Generate Stop */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with DMA.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ uint32_t treatdmanack = 0U;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Check that I2C transfer finished */
+ /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */
+ /* Mean XferCount == 0 */
+ /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) ||
+ (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Split check of hdmarx, for MISRA compliance */
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U)
+ {
+ treatdmanack = 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Split check of hdmatx, for MISRA compliance */
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx) == 0U)
+ {
+ treatdmanack = 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (treatdmanack == 1U)
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+ I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+ }
+ else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+ if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Only Clear NACK Flag, no DMA treatment is pending */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Slave complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+ if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Send Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+ }
+ /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+ if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Send Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+ }
+ /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until TC flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Address complete process callback.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+ uint8_t transferdirection;
+ uint16_t slaveaddrcode;
+ uint16_t ownadd1code;
+ uint16_t ownadd2code;
+
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(ITFlags);
+
+ /* In case of Listen state, need to inform upper layer of address match code event */
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ transferdirection = I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c);
+ slaveaddrcode = I2C_GET_ADDR_MATCH(hi2c);
+ ownadd1code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c);
+ ownadd2code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c);
+
+ /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */
+ if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+ {
+ if ((slaveaddrcode & SlaveAddr_MSK) == ((ownadd1code >> SlaveAddr_SHIFT) & SlaveAddr_MSK))
+ {
+ slaveaddrcode = ownadd1code;
+ hi2c->AddrEventCount++;
+ if (hi2c->AddrEventCount == 2U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Address Event counter */
+ hi2c->AddrEventCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ slaveaddrcode = ownadd2code;
+
+ /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* else 7 bits addressing mode is selected */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* Else clear address flag only */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Master sequential complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Reset I2C handle mode */
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* No Generate Stop, to permit restart mode */
+ /* The stop will be done at the end of transfer, when I2C_AUTOEND_MODE enable */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Slave sequential complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Reset I2C handle mode */
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Master complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+ uint32_t tmperror;
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ /* Reset handle parameters */
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+
+ if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set acknowledge error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+ }
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */
+ tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) || (tmperror != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE))
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+ }
+ /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX */
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)
+ {
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)
+ {
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Slave complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */
+ if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Do nothing */
+ }
+
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */
+ tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE;
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* All data are not transferred, so set error code accordingly */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+
+ /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+ I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ /* Call the Sequential Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Tranfer */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Listen complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+ /* Reset handle parameters */
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable all Interrupts*/
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C interrupts error process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ErrorCode Error code to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate = hi2c->State;
+
+ /* Reset handle parameters */
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Set new error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) ||
+ (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) ||
+ (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN))
+ {
+ /* Disable all interrupts, except interrupts related to LISTEN state */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN if set */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* If state is an abort treatment on goind, don't change state */
+ /* This change will be do later */
+ if (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* Set HAL_I2C_STATE_READY */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX transfer if any */
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Abort DMA RX transfer if any */
+ else if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Tx data register flush process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* If a pending TXIS flag is set */
+ /* Write a dummy data in TXDR to clear it */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = 0x00U;
+ }
+
+ /* Flush TX register if not empty */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+ }
+ /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Set the XferSize to transfer */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable TC interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+
+ if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */
+ /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */
+ /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+ }
+ /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Set the XferSize to transfer */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable TC interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+
+ if ((__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U) && \
+ (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */
+ /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */
+ /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C communication abort callback
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Reset AbortCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if come from abort from user */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Flag Specifies the I2C flag to check.
+ * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+ if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+ if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+ if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a STOPF is detected */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Check if an RXNE is pending */
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+ {
+ /* Return HAL_OK */
+ /* The Reading of data from RXDR will be done in caller function */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */
+ /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear NACKF Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set).
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param DevAddress Specifies the slave address to be programmed.
+ * @param Size Specifies the number of bytes to be programmed.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255.
+ * @param Mode New state of the I2C START condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref I2C_RELOAD_MODE Enable Reload mode .
+ * @arg @ref I2C_AUTOEND_MODE Enable Automatic end mode.
+ * @arg @ref I2C_SOFTEND_MODE Enable Software end mode.
+ * @param Request New state of the I2C START condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref I2C_NO_STARTSTOP Don't Generate stop and start condition.
+ * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_STOP Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0).
+ * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_READ Generate Restart for read request.
+ * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE Generate Restart for write request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request));
+
+ /* update CR2 register */
+ MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2, ((I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | (I2C_CR2_RD_WRN & (uint32_t)(Request >> (31U - I2C_CR2_RD_WRN_Pos))) | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)), \
+ (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << I2C_CR2_NBYTES_Pos) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the enabling of Interrupts.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpisr = 0U;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Master_ISR_DMA) || \
+ (hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA))
+ {
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK and ADDR interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable TC interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, and ADDR interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and TXI interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable interrupts only at the end */
+ /* to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before */
+ /* all interrupts requested done */
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the disabling of Interrupts.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpisr = 0U;
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT)
+ {
+ /* Disable TC and TXI interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_TXI;
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT)
+ {
+ /* Disable TC and RXI interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_RXI;
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADDR, NACK and STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable TC interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable interrupts only at the end */
+ /* to avoid a breaking situation like at "t" time */
+ /* all disable interrupts request are not done */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convert I2Cx OTHER_xxx XferOptions to functionnal XferOptions.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_FRAME */
+ /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+ /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_FRAME */
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_FRAME;
+ }
+ /* else if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME */
+ /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+ /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */
+ /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME */
+ else if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54d74c73b --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
+ * + Extended features functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32L4xx
+ devices contains the following additional features
+
+ (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
+ (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
+ (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
+ (+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
+ (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
+ (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
+ (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
+ (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
+ (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
+ (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
+ (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
+ (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
+ * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
+ * @brief Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure Noise Filters
+ (+) Configure Wake Up Feature
+ (+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
+
+ /* Set analog filter bit*/
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
+
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
+
+ /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
+ tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
+
+ /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
+ tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
+
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
+
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
+
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+ * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+ * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+ * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
+ * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+ * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+ * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+ * can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+ * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+ * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+ * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+ /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+ SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+ * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+ * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+ * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
+ * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+ * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+ * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+ * can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+ * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+ * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+ * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+ /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..756b6d469 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,2452 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief PCD HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+ PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd;
+
+ (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
+
+ (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the PCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
+
+ (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
+ (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using
+ (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB Device only FS peripheral
+
+ (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
+ (##) Configure PCD pin-out
+ (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
+
+ (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
+ (##) hpcd.pData = pdev;
+
+ (#)Enable PCD transmission and reception:
+ (##) HAL_PCD_Start();
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD PCD
+ * @brief PCD HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define PCD_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define PCD_MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_OutXfrComplete_int(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_OutSetupPacket_int(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum);
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd);
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the PCD according to the specified
+ * parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+ uint8_t i;
+
+ /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
+ if (hpcd == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance));
+
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hpcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SOFCallback = HAL_PCD_SOFCallback;
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback = HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback;
+ hpcd->ResetCallback = HAL_PCD_ResetCallback;
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback = HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback;
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback = HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback;
+ hpcd->ConnectCallback = HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback;
+ hpcd->DisconnectCallback = HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback;
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback;
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback;
+ hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback;
+ hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback;
+ hpcd->LPMCallback = HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback;
+ hpcd->BCDCallback = HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback;
+
+ if (hpcd->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ /* Disable DMA mode for FS instance */
+ if ((USBx->CID & (0x1U << 8)) == 0U)
+ {
+ hpcd->Init.dma_enable = 0U;
+ }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+ /* Disable the Interrupts */
+ __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
+
+ /*Init the Core (common init.) */
+ if (USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_ERROR;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Force Device Mode*/
+ (void)USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance, USB_DEVICE_MODE);
+
+ /* Init endpoints structures */
+ for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints; i++)
+ {
+ /* Init ep structure */
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].is_in = 1U;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].num = i;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i;
+ /* Control until ep is activated */
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].maxpacket = 0U;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0U;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_len = 0U;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints; i++)
+ {
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].is_in = 0U;
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].num = i;
+ /* Control until ep is activated */
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].maxpacket = 0U;
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0U;
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_len = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* Init Device */
+ if (USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_ERROR;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hpcd->USB_Address = 0U;
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Activate LPM */
+ if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable == 1U)
+ {
+ (void)HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(hpcd);
+ }
+
+ (void)USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the PCD peripheral.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
+ if (hpcd == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Stop Device */
+ (void)HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ if (hpcd->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC.*/
+ HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the PCD MSP.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes PCD MSP.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User USB PCD Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd USB PCD handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID USB PCD SOF callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID USB PCD Setup callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID USB PCD Reset callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID USB PCD Suspend callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID USB PCD Resume callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID USB PCD Connect callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID OTG PCD Disconnect callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, HAL_PCD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pPCD_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SOFCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ResetCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ConnectCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->DisconnectCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an USB PCD Callback
+ * USB PCD callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd USB PCD handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID USB PCD SOF callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID USB PCD Setup callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID USB PCD Reset callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID USB PCD Suspend callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID USB PCD Resume callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID USB PCD Connect callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID OTG PCD Disconnect callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, HAL_PCD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ /* Setup Legacy weak Callbacks */
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SOFCallback = HAL_PCD_SOFCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback = HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ResetCallback = HAL_PCD_ResetCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback = HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback = HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ConnectCallback = HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->DisconnectCallback = HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterDataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_DataOutStageCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback
+ * USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterDataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback; /* Legacy weak DataOutStageCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterDataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_DataInStageCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback
+ * USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterDataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback; /* Legacy weak DataInStageCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterIsoOutIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_IsoOutIncpltCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback
+ * USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterIsoOutIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak ISOOUTIncompleteCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterIsoInIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_IsoInIncpltCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback
+ * USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterIsoInIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak ISOINIncompleteCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD BCD Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD BCD Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterBcdCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_BcdCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->BCDCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD BCD Callback
+ * USB BCD Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterBcdCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->BCDCallback = HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback; /* Legacy weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD LPM Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD LPM Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterLpmCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_LpmCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->LPMCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD LPM Callback
+ * USB LPM Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterLpmCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->LPMCallback = HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback; /* Legacy weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data
+ transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the USB device
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ if (hpcd->Init.battery_charging_enable == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Enable USB Transceiver */
+ USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN;
+ }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+ (void)USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance);
+ __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the USB device.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
+
+ if (USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ (void)USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+ * @brief Handles PCD interrupt request.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t i, ep_intr, epint, epnum = 0U;
+ uint32_t fifoemptymsk, temp;
+ USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ /* ensure that we are in device mode */
+ if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE)
+ {
+ /* avoid spurious interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS))
+ {
+ /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT))
+ {
+ epnum = 0U;
+
+ /* Read in the device interrupt bits */
+ ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance);
+
+ while (ep_intr != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((ep_intr & 0x1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t)epnum);
+
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC)
+ {
+ CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC);
+ (void)PCD_EP_OutXfrComplete_int(hpcd, epnum);
+ }
+
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP)
+ {
+ /* Class B setup phase done for previous decoded setup */
+ (void)PCD_EP_OutSetupPacket_int(hpcd, epnum);
+ CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP);
+ }
+
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS)
+ {
+ CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Status Phase Received interrupt */
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR)
+ {
+ CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear OUT NAK interrupt */
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_NAK) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_NAK)
+ {
+ CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_NAK);
+ }
+ }
+ epnum++;
+ ep_intr >>= 1U;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT))
+ {
+ /* Read in the device interrupt bits */
+ ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance);
+
+ epnum = 0U;
+
+ while (ep_intr != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((ep_intr & 0x1U) != 0U) /* In ITR */
+ {
+ epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t)epnum);
+
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC)
+ {
+ fifoemptymsk = (uint32_t)(0x1UL << (epnum & EP_ADDR_MSK));
+ USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk;
+
+ CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC)
+ {
+ CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC);
+ }
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE)
+ {
+ CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE);
+ }
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE)
+ {
+ CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE);
+ }
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD)
+ {
+ CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD);
+ }
+ if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE)
+ {
+ (void)PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd, epnum);
+ }
+ }
+ epnum++;
+ ep_intr >>= 1U;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Handle Resume Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT))
+ {
+ /* Clear the Remote Wake-up Signaling */
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+
+ if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1)
+ {
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP))
+ {
+ if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle LPM Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT);
+
+ if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0)
+ {
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1;
+ hpcd->BESL = (hpcd->Instance->GLPMCFG & USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_BESL) >> 2U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Handle Reset Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST))
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+ (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, 0x10U);
+
+ for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints; i++)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+ USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
+ USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+ USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
+ }
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001U;
+
+ if (hpcd->Init.use_dedicated_ep1 != 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DOUTEP1MSK |= USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM;
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DINEP1MSK |= USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_OTEPSPRM |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_NAKM;
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM;
+ }
+
+ /* Set Default Address to 0 */
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD;
+
+ /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */
+ (void)USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE))
+ {
+ (void)USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance);
+ hpcd->Init.speed = USB_GetDevSpeed(hpcd->Instance);
+
+ /* Set USB Turnaround time */
+ (void)USB_SetTurnaroundTime(hpcd->Instance,
+ HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(),
+ (uint8_t)hpcd->Init.speed);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL))
+ {
+ USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
+
+ temp = USBx->GRXSTSP;
+
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM];
+
+ if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_DATA_UPDT)
+ {
+ if ((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0U)
+ {
+ (void)USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff,
+ (uint16_t)((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4));
+
+ ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+ ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_SETUP_UPDT)
+ {
+ (void)USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8U);
+ ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ... */
+ }
+ USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle SOF Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF))
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR))
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT))
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT))
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ConnectCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT))
+ {
+ temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT;
+
+ if ((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DisconnectCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_CTR))
+ {
+ /* servicing of the endpoint correct transfer interrupt */
+ /* clear of the CTR flag into the sub */
+ (void)PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(hpcd);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ (void)HAL_PCD_SetAddress(hpcd, 0U);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP))
+ {
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= (uint16_t) ~(USB_CNTR_LPMODE);
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= (uint16_t) ~(USB_CNTR_FSUSP);
+
+ if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1)
+ {
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP))
+ {
+ /* Force low-power mode in the macrocell */
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_FSUSP;
+
+ /* clear of the ISTR bit must be done after setting of CNTR_FSUSP */
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP);
+
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_LPMODE;
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP) == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Handle LPM Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_L1REQ))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_L1REQ);
+ if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0)
+ {
+ /* Force suspend and low-power mode before going to L1 state*/
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_LPMODE;
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_FSUSP;
+
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1;
+ hpcd->BESL = ((uint32_t)hpcd->Instance->LPMCSR & USB_LPMCSR_BESL) >> 2;
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF))
+ {
+ /* clear ESOF flag in ISTR */
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Data OUT stage callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Data IN stage callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Setup stage callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB Start Of Frame callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB Reset callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Suspend event callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume event callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Incomplete ISO OUT callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Incomplete ISO IN callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Connection event callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disconnection event callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data
+ transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Connect the USB device
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ if (hpcd->Init.battery_charging_enable == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Enable USB Transceiver */
+ USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN;
+ }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+ (void)USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disconnect the USB device.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+ if (hpcd->Init.battery_charging_enable == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Disable USB Transceiver */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+ }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the USB Device address.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param address new device address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ hpcd->USB_Address = address;
+ (void)USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Open and configure an endpoint.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @param ep_mps endpoint max packet size
+ * @param ep_type endpoint type
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ }
+
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+ ep->maxpacket = ep_mps;
+ ep->type = ep_type;
+
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Assign a Tx FIFO */
+ ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num;
+ }
+ /* Set initial data PID. */
+ if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ {
+ ep->data_pid_start = 0U;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate an endpoint.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ }
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @param pBuf pointer to the reception buffer
+ * @param len amount of data to be received
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+
+ /*setup and start the Xfer */
+ ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
+ ep->xfer_len = len;
+ ep->xfer_count = 0U;
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+ {
+ (void)USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get Received Data Size
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval Data Size
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK].xfer_count;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @param pBuf pointer to the transmission buffer
+ * @param len amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+
+ /*setup and start the Xfer */
+ ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
+ ep->xfer_len = len;
+ ep->xfer_count = 0U;
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+ {
+ (void)USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set a STALL condition over an endpoint
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ if (((uint32_t)ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) > hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ }
+
+ ep->is_stall = 1U;
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ (void)USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+ {
+ (void)USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+ }
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ if (((uint32_t)ep_addr & 0x0FU) > hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ }
+
+ ep->is_stall = 0U;
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flush an endpoint
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, (uint32_t)ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate remote wakeup signalling
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ return (USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-activate remote wakeup signalling.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ return (USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the PCD handle state.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ return hpcd->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+ * @brief Check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+ uint32_t len;
+ uint32_t len32b;
+ uint32_t fifoemptymsk;
+
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum];
+
+ if (ep->xfer_count > ep->xfer_len)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count;
+
+ if (len > ep->maxpacket)
+ {
+ len = ep->maxpacket;
+ }
+
+ len32b = (len + 3U) / 4U;
+
+ while (((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) >= len32b) &&
+ (ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len) && (ep->xfer_len != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Write the FIFO */
+ len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count;
+
+ if (len > ep->maxpacket)
+ {
+ len = ep->maxpacket;
+ }
+ len32b = (len + 3U) / 4U;
+
+ (void)USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (uint8_t)epnum, (uint16_t)len);
+
+ ep->xfer_buff += len;
+ ep->xfer_count += len;
+ }
+
+ if (ep->xfer_len <= ep->xfer_count)
+ {
+ fifoemptymsk = (uint32_t)(0x1UL << (epnum & EP_ADDR_MSK));
+ USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief process EP OUT transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_OutXfrComplete_int(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t gSNPSiD = *(__IO uint32_t *)(&USBx->CID + 0x1U);
+ uint32_t DoepintReg = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT;
+
+ if (gSNPSiD == USB_OTG_CORE_ID_310A)
+ {
+ /* StupPktRcvd = 1 this is a setup packet */
+ if ((DoepintReg & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX)
+ {
+ CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((DoepintReg & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR)
+ {
+ CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief process EP OUT setup packet received interrupt.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_OutSetupPacket_int(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t gSNPSiD = *(__IO uint32_t *)(&USBx->CID + 0x1U);
+ uint32_t DoepintReg = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT;
+
+
+ if ((gSNPSiD == USB_OTG_CORE_ID_310A) &&
+ ((DoepintReg & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX))
+ {
+ CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX);
+ }
+
+ /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles PCD Endpoint interrupt request.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+ uint16_t count;
+ uint16_t wIstr;
+ uint16_t wEPVal;
+ uint8_t epindex;
+
+ /* stay in loop while pending interrupts */
+ while ((hpcd->Instance->ISTR & USB_ISTR_CTR) != 0U)
+ {
+ wIstr = hpcd->Instance->ISTR;
+ /* extract highest priority endpoint number */
+ epindex = (uint8_t)(wIstr & USB_ISTR_EP_ID);
+
+ if (epindex == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */
+
+ /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */
+ if ((wIstr & USB_ISTR_DIR) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* DIR = 0 */
+
+ /* DIR = 0 => IN int */
+ /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always */
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[0];
+
+ ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count;
+
+ /* TX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ if ((hpcd->USB_Address > 0U) && (ep->xfer_len == 0U))
+ {
+ hpcd->Instance->DADDR = ((uint16_t)hpcd->USB_Address | USB_DADDR_EF);
+ hpcd->USB_Address = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DIR = 1 */
+
+ /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX => SETUP or OUT int */
+ /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[0];
+ wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+ if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_SETUP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Get SETUP Packet*/
+ ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup,
+ ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)ep->xfer_count);
+
+ /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1*/
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+ /* Process SETUP Packet*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ else if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U)
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+ /* Get Control Data OUT Packet*/
+ ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+ if ((ep->xfer_count != 0U) && (ep->xfer_buff != 0U))
+ {
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff,
+ ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)ep->xfer_count);
+
+ ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count;
+
+ /* Process Control Data OUT Packet*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, ep->maxpacket);
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt */
+
+ /* process related endpoint register */
+ wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+ if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* clear int flag */
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[epindex];
+
+ /* OUT double Buffering*/
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ if (count != 0U)
+ {
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, count);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) != 0U)
+ {
+ /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/
+ count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ if (count != 0U)
+ {
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, count);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/
+ count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ if (count != 0U)
+ {
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, count);
+ }
+ }
+ /* free EP OUT Buffer */
+ PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 0U);
+ }
+ /*multi-packet on the NON control OUT endpoint*/
+ ep->xfer_count += count;
+ ep->xfer_buff += count;
+
+ if ((ep->xfer_len == 0U) || (count < ep->maxpacket))
+ {
+ /* RX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len);
+ }
+
+ } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */
+
+ if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_TX) != 0U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epindex];
+
+ /* clear int flag */
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+
+ /*multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint*/
+ ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count;
+
+ /* Zero Length Packet? */
+ if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+ {
+ /* TX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4a4842ff --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,566 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+ * + Extended features functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
+ * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief PCDEx control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Update FIFO configuration
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+ * @brief Set Tx FIFO
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param fifo The number of Tx fifo
+ * @param size Fifo size
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
+{
+ uint8_t i;
+ uint32_t Tx_Offset;
+
+ /* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index)
+ When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
+ case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+ --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
+ case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+ --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
+ The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
+ of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
+ When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
+
+ Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
+
+ if (fifo == 0U)
+ {
+ hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
+ for (i = 0U; i < (fifo - 1U); i++)
+ {
+ Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
+ }
+
+ /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
+ hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1U] = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set Rx FIFO
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param size Size of Rx fifo
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
+{
+ hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate LPM feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+ hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
+ USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+ hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
+ USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
+ USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle BatteryCharging Process.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
+ USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
+
+ /* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
+ while ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Right response got */
+ HAL_Delay(200U);
+
+ /* Check Detect flag*/
+ if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET) == USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /*Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
+ (without charging capability) */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+ USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+ if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDET) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Case of Standard Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
+ Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+ USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN;
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+ if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET) == USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET)
+ {
+ /* case Dedicated Charging Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* case Charging Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Battery Charging capability discovery finished */
+ (void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN);
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN);
+
+ /* Power Down USB tranceiver */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+
+ /* Enable Battery charging */
+ USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN;
+
+ hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN);
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN);
+
+ /* Disable Battery charging */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
+
+ hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+ * @brief Configure PMA for EP
+ * @param hpcd Device instance
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @param ep_kind endpoint Kind
+ * USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
+ * USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
+ * @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
+ * this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
+ * in PMA allocated to endpoint.
+ * In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
+ * is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
+ * in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
+ * in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd,
+ uint16_t ep_addr,
+ uint16_t ep_kind,
+ uint32_t pmaadress)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ /* initialize ep structure*/
+ if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+ }
+
+ /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
+ if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
+ {
+ /* Single Buffer */
+ ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
+ /* Configure the PMA */
+ ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
+ }
+ else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
+ {
+ /* Double Buffer Endpoint */
+ ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
+ /* Configure the PMA */
+ ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
+ ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
+
+ /* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_SDEN);
+ USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DCDEN;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
+
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_BCDEN);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle BatteryCharging Process.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
+ while ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ HAL_Delay(200U);
+
+ /* Data Pin Contact ? Check Detect flag */
+ if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == USB_BCDR_DCDET)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
+ (without charging capability) */
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_DCDEN);
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+ USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+ /* If Charger detect ? */
+ if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_PDET) == USB_BCDR_PDET)
+ {
+ /* Start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
+ Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+ USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_SDEN);
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+ /* If CDP ? */
+ if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_SDET) == USB_BCDR_SDET)
+ {
+ /* Dedicated Downstream Port DCP */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Charging Downstream Port CDP */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else /* NO */
+ {
+ /* Standard Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Battery Charging capability discovery finished Start Enumeration */
+ (void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate LPM feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+
+ USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN;
+ USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+ hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
+
+ USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN);
+ USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param msg LPM message
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(msg);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param msg LPM message
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(msg);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba44650ba --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,661 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief PWR HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+ * @brief PWR HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines PWR Private Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
+ * @{
+ */
+#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Mask for interruption yielded by PVD threshold crossing */
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Mask for event yielded by PVD threshold crossing */
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Mask for rising edge set as PVD trigger */
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Mask for falling edge set as PVD trigger */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable access to the backup domain
+ * (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
+ * @note After reset, the backup domain is protected against
+ * possible unwanted write accesses.
+ * @note RTCSEL that sets the RTC clock source selection is in the RTC back-up domain.
+ * In order to set or modify the RTC clock, the backup domain access must be
+ * disabled.
+ * @note LSEON bit that switches on and off the LSE crystal belongs as well to the
+ * back-up domain.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable access to the backup domain
+ * (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..]
+ *** PVD configuration ***
+ =========================
+ [..]
+ (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+ threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in PWR_CR2 register).
+
+ (+) PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+ than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+ line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+ __HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
+ (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+
+ *** WakeUp pin configuration ***
+ ================================
+ [..]
+ (+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode or Shutdown mode.
+ The polarity of these pins can be set to configure event detection on high
+ level (rising edge) or low level (falling edge).
+
+
+
+ *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+ =====================================
+ [..]
+ The devices feature 8 low-power modes:
+ (+) Low-power Run mode: core and peripherals are running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+ (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main and low power regulators on.
+ (+) Low-power Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+ (+) Stop 0 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators on.
+ (+) Stop 1 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+ (+) Stop 2 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on, reduced set of waking up IPs compared to Stop 1 mode.
+ (+) Standby mode with SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, SRAM2 content preserved, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+ (+) Standby mode without SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators off.
+ (+) Shutdown mode: all clocks are stopped except LSE, main and low power regulators off.
+
+
+ *** Low-power run mode ***
+ ==========================
+ [..]
+ (+) Entry: (from main run mode)
+ (++) set LPR bit with HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API after having decreased the system clock below 2 MHz.
+
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) clear LPR bit then wait for REGLP bit to be reset with HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. Only
+ then can the system clock frequency be increased above 2 MHz.
+
+
+ *** Sleep mode / Low-power sleep mode ***
+ =========================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Entry:
+ The Sleep mode / Low-power Sleep mode is entered thru HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API
+ in specifying whether or not the regulator is forced to low-power mode and if exit is interrupt or event-triggered.
+ (++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Sleep mode (regulator in main mode).
+ (++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low-power sleep (regulator in low power mode).
+ In the latter case, the system clock frequency must have been decreased below 2 MHz beforehand.
+ (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+ (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+
+ (+) WFI Exit:
+ (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+ controller (NVIC) or any wake-up event.
+
+ (+) WFE Exit:
+ (++) Any wake-up event such as an EXTI line configured in event mode.
+
+ [..] When exiting the Low-power sleep mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+ the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
+
+ *** Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes ***
+ ===============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Entry:
+ The Stop 0, Stop 1 or Stop 2 modes are entered thru the following API's:
+ (++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode() for mode 0 or HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode() for mode 1 or for porting reasons HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode().
+ (++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode() for mode 2.
+ (+) Regulator setting (applicable to HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode() only):
+ (++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON
+ (++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON
+ (+) Exit (interrupt or event-triggered, specified when entering STOP mode):
+ (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+ (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+
+ (+) WFI Exit:
+ (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode.
+ (++) Some specific communication peripherals (USART, LPUART, I2C) interrupts
+ when programmed in wakeup mode.
+ (+) WFE Exit:
+ (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode.
+
+ [..]
+ When exiting Stop 0 and Stop 1 modes, the MCU is either in Run mode or in Low-power Run mode
+ depending on the LPR bit setting.
+ When exiting Stop 2 mode, the MCU is in Run mode.
+
+ *** Standby mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..]
+ The Standby mode offers two options:
+ (+) option a) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit set (keeps voltage regulator in low power mode).
+ SRAM and registers contents are lost except for the SRAM2 content, the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
+ and Standby circuitry.
+ (+) option b) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit cleared (voltage regulator then disabled).
+ SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
+ and Standby circuitry.
+
+ (++) Entry:
+ (+++) The Standby mode is entered thru HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() API.
+ SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
+ Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
+ To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API
+ to set RRS bit.
+
+ (++) Exit:
+ (+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
+ external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+ [..] After waking up from Standby mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
+
+
+ *** Shutdown mode ***
+ ======================
+ [..]
+ In Shutdown mode,
+ voltage regulator is disabled, all clocks are off except LSE, RRS bit is cleared.
+ SRAM and registers contents are lost except for backup domain registers.
+
+ (+) Entry:
+ The Shutdown mode is entered thru HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode() API.
+
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
+ external reset in NRST pin.
+
+ [..] After waking up from Shutdown mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
+
+
+ *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+ Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
+ an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+ (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop, Standby and Shutdown modes
+
+
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
+ configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+ is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+ HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
+
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
+ configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+ * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to a PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the PVD
+ * configuration information.
+ * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+ * more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each
+ * detection level.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+ /* Set PLS bits according to PVDLevel value */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+
+ /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Configure interrupt mode */
+ if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure event mode */
+ if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the edge */
+ if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+ }
+
+ if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+ * @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following legacy values which set the default polarity
+ * i.e. detection on high level (rising edge):
+ * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
+ *
+ * or one of the following value where the user can explicitly specify the enabled pin and
+ * the chosen polarity:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
+ * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
+ * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
+ * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
+ * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW
+ * @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
+
+ /* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
+ (rising or falling edge) */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> PWR_WUP_POLARITY_SHIFT));
+
+ /* Enable wake-up pin */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity));
+
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+ * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode.
+ * @note In Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Sleep mode (regulator in main mode)
+ * @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Low-power Sleep mode (regulator in low-power mode)
+ * @note Low-power Sleep mode is entered from Low-power Run mode. Therefore, if not yet
+ * in Low-power Run mode before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() with Regulator set
+ * to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, the user can optionally configure the
+ * Flash in power-down monde in setting the SLEEP_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register.
+ * Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz.
+ * Setting SLEEP_PD in FLASH_ACR then appropriately reducing the clock frequency must
+ * be done before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API.
+ * @note When exiting Low-power Sleep mode, the MCU is in Low-power Run mode. To move in
+ * Run mode, the user must resort to HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API.
+ * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if Sleep mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFE instruction
+ * @note When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
+ * the interrupt wake up source.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+ /* Set Regulator parameter */
+ if (Regulator == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
+ {
+ /* If in low-power run mode at this point, exit it */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF))
+ {
+ if (HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return ;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Regulator now in main mode. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If in run mode, first move to low-power run mode.
+ The system clock frequency must be below 2 MHz at this point. */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+ /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __SEV();
+ __WFE();
+ __WFE();
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter Stop mode
+ * @note This API is named HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode to ensure compatibility with legacy code running
+ * on devices where only "Stop mode" is mentioned with main or low power regulator ON.
+ * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
+ * the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
+ * (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
+ * after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
+ * only to the peripheral requesting it.
+ * SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+ * The BOR is available.
+ * The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal (Stop 0) or low-power mode (Stop 1).
+ * @note When exiting Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+ * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+ * is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+ * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode (Stop 1), an additional
+ * startup delay is incurred when waking up.
+ * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode (Stop 0), the consumption
+ * is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+ * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Stop 0 mode (main regulator ON)
+ * @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Stop 1 mode (low power regulator ON)
+ * @param STOPEntry: Specifies Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFI instruction.
+ * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFE instruction.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+
+ if(Regulator == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON)
+ {
+ HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(STOPEntry);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(STOPEntry);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter Standby mode.
+ * @note In Standby mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI and the HSE oscillators are switched
+ * off. The voltage regulator is disabled, except when SRAM2 content is preserved
+ * in which case the regulator is in low-power mode.
+ * SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
+ * Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
+ * To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API
+ * to set RRS bit.
+ * The BOR is available.
+ * @note The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state.
+ * HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() respectively enable Pull Up and
+ * Pull Down state, HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown() disable the
+ * same.
+ * These states are effective in Standby mode only if APC bit is set through
+ * HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+ /* Set Stand-by mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STANDBY);
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+ __force_stores();
+#endif
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Indicate Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+ * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+ * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+ * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+ * interruptions handling.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+ /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+ * @note Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+ * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+ /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+ * @note Set SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+ * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+ /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+ * @note Clear SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+ * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+ /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9adf44801 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1446 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+ * + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
+ * @brief PWR Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined (STM32L412xx) || defined (STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx)
+#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /* PH0/PH1/PH3 */
+#elif defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx)
+#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /* PH0/PH1/PH3 */
+#elif defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx)
+#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /* PH0/PH1 */
+#elif defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /* PH0..PH15 */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#define PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /* PI0..PI11 */
+#endif
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Extended_Private_Defines PWR Extended Private Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_PVM_Mode_Mask PWR PVM Mode Mask
+ * @{
+ */
+#define PVM_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Mask for interruption yielded by PVM threshold crossing */
+#define PVM_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Mask for event yielded by PVM threshold crossing */
+#define PVM_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Mask for rising edge set as PVM trigger */
+#define PVM_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Mask for falling edge set as PVM trigger */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_TimeOut_Value PWR Extended Flag Setting Time Out Value
+ * @{
+ */
+#define PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US 50UL /*!< Time out value for REGLPF and VOSF flags setting */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWR Extended Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Peripheral Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range.
+ * @retval VOS bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_RANGE1 or PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_RANGE2
+ * or PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST when applicable)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
+{
+#if defined(PWR_CR5_R1MODE)
+ if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+ {
+ return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2;
+ }
+ else if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE) == PWR_CR5_R1MODE)
+ {
+ /* PWR_CR5_R1MODE bit set means that Range 1 Boost is disabled */
+ return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST;
+ }
+#else
+ return (PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_VOS);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the main internal regulator output voltage.
+ * @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
+ * a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ @if STM32L4S9xx
+ * @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST when available, Regulator voltage output range 1 boost mode,
+ * typical output voltage at 1.2 V,
+ * system frequency up to 120 MHz.
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
+ * typical output voltage at 1.2 V,
+ * system frequency up to 80 MHz.
+ * @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
+ * typical output voltage at 1.0 V,
+ * system frequency up to 26 MHz.
+ * @note When moving from Range 1 to Range 2, the system frequency must be decreased to
+ * a value below 26 MHz before calling HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling() API.
+ * When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the system frequency can be increased to
+ * a value up to 80 MHz after calling HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling() API. For
+ * some devices, the system frequency can be increased up to 120 MHz.
+ * @note When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the API waits for VOSF flag to be
+ * cleared before returning the status. If the flag is not cleared within
+ * 50 microseconds, HAL_TIMEOUT status is reported.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
+{
+ uint32_t wait_loop_index;
+
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR5_R1MODE)
+ if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST)
+ {
+ /* If current range is range 2 */
+ if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+ {
+ /* Make sure Range 1 Boost is enabled */
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE);
+
+ /* Set Range 1 */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1);
+
+ /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */
+ wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1;
+ while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U))
+ {
+ wait_loop_index--;
+ }
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF))
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* If current range is range 1 normal or boost mode */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable Range 1 Boost (no issue if bit already reset) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
+ {
+ /* If current range is range 2 */
+ if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+ {
+ /* Make sure Range 1 Boost is disabled */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE);
+
+ /* Set Range 1 */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1);
+
+ /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */
+ wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1;
+ while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U))
+ {
+ wait_loop_index--;
+ }
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF))
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* If current range is range 1 normal or boost mode */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable Range 1 Boost (no issue if bit already set) */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set Range 2 */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2);
+ /* No need to wait for VOSF to be cleared for this transition */
+ /* PWR_CR5_R1MODE bit setting has no effect in Range 2 */
+ }
+
+#else
+
+ /* If Set Range 1 */
+ if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
+ {
+ if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) != PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
+ {
+ /* Set Range 1 */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1);
+
+ /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */
+ wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1U;
+ while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U))
+ {
+ wait_loop_index--;
+ }
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF))
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) != PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+ {
+ /* Set Range 2 */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2);
+ /* No need to wait for VOSF to be cleared for this transition */
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable battery charging.
+ * When VDD is present, charge the external battery on VBAT thru an internal resistor.
+ * @param ResistorSelection: specifies the resistor impedance.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_BATTERY_CHARGING_RESISTOR_5 5 kOhms resistor
+ * @arg @ref PWR_BATTERY_CHARGING_RESISTOR_1_5 1.5 kOhms resistor
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableBatteryCharging(uint32_t ResistorSelection)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_BATTERY_RESISTOR_SELECT(ResistorSelection));
+
+ /* Specify resistor selection */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBRS, ResistorSelection);
+
+ /* Enable battery charging */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBE);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable battery charging.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableBatteryCharging(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBE);
+}
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_USV)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable VDDUSB supply.
+ * @note Remove VDDUSB electrical and logical isolation, once VDDUSB supply is present.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddUSB(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_USV);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable VDDUSB supply.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddUSB(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_USV);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_USV */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_IOSV)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable VDDIO2 supply.
+ * @note Remove VDDIO2 electrical and logical isolation, once VDDIO2 supply is present.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddIO2(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_IOSV);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable VDDIO2 supply.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddIO2(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_IOSV);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_IOSV */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable Internal Wake-up Line.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableInternalWakeUpLine(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_EIWF);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable Internal Wake-up Line.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableInternalWakeUpLine(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_EIWF);
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable GPIO pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note Set the relevant PUy bits of PWR_PUCRx register to configure the I/O in
+ * pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note This state is effective in Standby and Shutdown modes only if APC bit
+ * is set through HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
+ * @note The configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode due to the
+ * power-on reset, maintained when exiting the Standby mode.
+ * @note To avoid any conflict at Standby and Shutdown modes exits, the corresponding
+ * PDy bit of PWR_PDCRx register is cleared unless it is reserved.
+ * @note Even if a PUy bit to set is reserved, the other PUy bits entered as input
+ * parameter at the same time are set.
+ * @param GPIO: Specify the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A, ..., PWR_GPIO_H
+ * (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIONumber: Specify the I/O pins numbers.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less
+ * I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to set
+ * several bits for a given port in a single API call.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber));
+
+ switch (GPIO)
+ {
+ case PWR_GPIO_A:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14))));
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15))));
+ break;
+ case PWR_GPIO_B:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4))));
+ break;
+ case PWR_GPIO_C:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+ case PWR_GPIO_D:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+ case PWR_GPIO_E:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+ case PWR_GPIO_F:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+ case PWR_GPIO_G:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+ case PWR_GPIO_H:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx)
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3))));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+#endif
+ break;
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+ case PWR_GPIO_I:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable GPIO pull-up state in Standby mode and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note Reset the relevant PUy bits of PWR_PUCRx register used to configure the I/O
+ * in pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note Even if a PUy bit to reset is reserved, the other PUy bits entered as input
+ * parameter at the same time are reset.
+ * @param GPIO: Specifies the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A, ..., PWR_GPIO_H
+ * (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIONumber: Specify the I/O pins numbers.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less
+ * I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to reset
+ * several bits for a given port in a single API call.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber));
+
+ switch (GPIO)
+ {
+ case PWR_GPIO_A:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14))));
+ break;
+ case PWR_GPIO_B:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+ case PWR_GPIO_C:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+ case PWR_GPIO_D:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+ case PWR_GPIO_E:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+ case PWR_GPIO_F:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+ case PWR_GPIO_G:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+ case PWR_GPIO_H:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+ break;
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+ case PWR_GPIO_I:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable GPIO pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note Set the relevant PDy bits of PWR_PDCRx register to configure the I/O in
+ * pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note This state is effective in Standby and Shutdown modes only if APC bit
+ * is set through HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
+ * @note The configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode due to the
+ * power-on reset, maintained when exiting the Standby mode.
+ * @note To avoid any conflict at Standby and Shutdown modes exits, the corresponding
+ * PUy bit of PWR_PUCRx register is cleared unless it is reserved.
+ * @note Even if a PDy bit to set is reserved, the other PDy bits entered as input
+ * parameter at the same time are set.
+ * @param GPIO: Specify the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A..PWR_GPIO_H
+ * (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIONumber: Specify the I/O pins numbers.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less
+ * I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to set
+ * several bits for a given port in a single API call.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber));
+
+ switch (GPIO)
+ {
+ case PWR_GPIO_A:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15))));
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14))));
+ break;
+ case PWR_GPIO_B:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4))));
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+ case PWR_GPIO_C:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+ case PWR_GPIO_D:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+ case PWR_GPIO_E:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+ case PWR_GPIO_F:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+ case PWR_GPIO_G:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber);
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+ case PWR_GPIO_H:
+#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx)
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3))));
+#else
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+#endif
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+ break;
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+ case PWR_GPIO_I:
+ SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable GPIO pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note Reset the relevant PDy bits of PWR_PDCRx register used to configure the I/O
+ * in pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note Even if a PDy bit to reset is reserved, the other PDy bits entered as input
+ * parameter at the same time are reset.
+ * @param GPIO: Specifies the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A..PWR_GPIO_H
+ * (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIONumber: Specify the I/O pins numbers.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less
+ * I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to reset
+ * several bits for a given port in a single API call.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber));
+
+ switch (GPIO)
+ {
+ case PWR_GPIO_A:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15))));
+ break;
+ case PWR_GPIO_B:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4))));
+ break;
+ case PWR_GPIO_C:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+ case PWR_GPIO_D:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+ case PWR_GPIO_E:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+ case PWR_GPIO_F:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+ case PWR_GPIO_G:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber);
+ break;
+#endif
+ case PWR_GPIO_H:
+#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx)
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3))));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+#endif
+ break;
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+ case PWR_GPIO_I:
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable pull-up and pull-down configuration.
+ * @note When APC bit is set, the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in
+ * PWR_PUCRx and PWR_PDCRx registers are applied in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @note Pull-up set by PUy bit of PWR_PUCRx register is not activated if the corresponding
+ * PDy bit of PWR_PDCRx register is also set (pull-down configuration priority is higher).
+ * HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() API's ensure there
+ * is no conflict when setting PUy or PDy bit.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_APC);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable pull-up and pull-down configuration.
+ * @note When APC bit is cleared, the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in
+ * PWR_PUCRx and PWR_PDCRx registers are not applied in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePullUpPullDownConfig(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_APC);
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable SRAM2 content retention in Standby mode.
+ * @note When RRS bit is set, SRAM2 is powered by the low-power regulator in
+ * Standby mode and its content is kept.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_RRS);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable SRAM2 content retention in Standby mode.
+ * @note When RRS bit is reset, SRAM2 is powered off in Standby mode
+ * and its content is lost.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableSRAM2ContentRetention(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_RRS);
+}
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR3_ENULP)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable Ultra Low Power BORL, BORH and PVD for STOP2 and Standby modes.
+ * @note All the other modes are not affected by this bit.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableBORPVD_ULP(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_ENULP);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable Ultra Low Power BORL, BORH and PVD for STOP2 and Standby modes.
+ * @note All the other modes are not affected by this bit
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableBORPVD_ULP(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_ENULP);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR3_ENULP */
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the CFLDO working @ 0.95V.
+ * @note When external SMPS is used & CFLDO operating in Range 2, the regulated voltage of the
+ * internal CFLDO can be reduced to 0.95V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableExtSMPS_0V95(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the CFLDO working @ 0.95V
+ * @note Before SMPS is switched off, the regulated voltage of the
+ * internal CFLDO shall be set to 1.00V.
+ * 1.00V. is also default operating Range 2 voltage.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableExtSMPS_0V95(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON */
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR1_RRSTP)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable SRAM3 content retention in Stop 2 mode.
+ * @note When RRSTP bit is set, SRAM3 is powered by the low-power regulator in
+ * Stop 2 mode and its content is kept.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM3ContentRetention(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_RRSTP);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable SRAM3 content retention in Stop 2 mode.
+ * @note When RRSTP bit is reset, SRAM3 is powered off in Stop 2 mode
+ * and its content is lost.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableSRAM3ContentRetention(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_RRSTP);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR1_RRSTP */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable pull-down activation on DSI pins.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableDSIPinsPDActivation(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable pull-down activation on DSI pins.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableDSIPinsPDActivation(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 1: VDDUSB versus 1.2V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM1(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 1: VDDUSB versus 1.2V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM1(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_1);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 2: VDDIO2 versus 0.9V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM2(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 2: VDDIO2 versus 0.9V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM2(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_2);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 3: VDDA versus 1.62V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM3(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_3);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 3: VDDA versus 1.62V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM3(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_3);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 4: VDDA versus 2.2V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM4(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_4);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 4: VDDA versus 2.2V.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM4(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_4);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Peripheral Voltage Monitoring (PVM).
+ * @param sConfigPVM: pointer to a PWR_PVMTypeDef structure that contains the
+ * PVM configuration information.
+ * @note The API configures a single PVM according to the information contained
+ * in the input structure. To configure several PVMs, the API must be singly
+ * called for each PVM used.
+ * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+ * more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each
+ * detection level and to each monitored supply.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ConfigPVM(PWR_PVMTypeDef *sConfigPVM)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_PVM_TYPE(sConfigPVM->PVMType));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_PVM_MODE(sConfigPVM->Mode));
+
+
+ /* Configure EXTI 35 to 38 interrupts if so required:
+ scan thru PVMType to detect which PVMx is set and
+ configure the corresponding EXTI line accordingly. */
+ switch (sConfigPVM->PVMType)
+ {
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1)
+ case PWR_PVM_1:
+ /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Configure interrupt mode */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure event mode */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the edge */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+ }
+
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2)
+ case PWR_PVM_2:
+ /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Configure interrupt mode */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure event mode */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the edge */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+ }
+
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */
+
+ case PWR_PVM_3:
+ /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Configure interrupt mode */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure event mode */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the edge */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+ }
+
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PWR_PVM_4:
+ /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Configure interrupt mode */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure event mode */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the edge */
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+ }
+
+ if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter Low-power Run mode
+ * @note In Low-power Run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @note When Regulator is set to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, the user can optionally configure the
+ * Flash in power-down monde in setting the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register.
+ * Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz.
+ * Setting RUN_PD in FLASH_ACR then appropriately reducing the clock frequency must
+ * be done before calling HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode(void)
+{
+ /* Set Regulator parameter */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPR);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Exit Low-power Run mode.
+ * @note Before HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() completion, the function checks that
+ * REGLPF has been properly reset (otherwise, HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode
+ * returns HAL_TIMEOUT status). The system clock frequency can then be
+ * increased above 2 MHz.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode(void)
+{
+ uint32_t wait_loop_index;
+
+ /* Clear LPR bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPR);
+
+ /* Wait until REGLPF is reset */
+ wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1U;
+ while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U))
+ {
+ wait_loop_index--;
+ }
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF))
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter Stop 0 mode.
+ * @note In Stop 0 mode, main and low voltage regulators are ON.
+ * @note In Stop 0 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
+ * the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
+ * (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
+ * after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
+ * only to the peripheral requesting it.
+ * SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+ * The BOR is available.
+ * @note When exiting Stop 0 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+ * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+ * is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+ * @note By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop 0 mode, the consumption
+ * is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+ * @param STOPEntry specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+ /* Stop 0 mode with Main Regulator */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP0);
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+ /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __SEV();
+ __WFE();
+ __WFE();
+ }
+
+ /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter Stop 1 mode.
+ * @note In Stop 1 mode, only low power voltage regulator is ON.
+ * @note In Stop 1 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
+ * the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
+ * (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
+ * after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
+ * only to the peripheral requesting it.
+ * SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+ * The BOR is available.
+ * @note When exiting Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+ * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+ * is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+ * @note Due to low power mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop 1 mode.
+ * @param STOPEntry specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+ /* Stop 1 mode with Low-Power Regulator */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP1);
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+ /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __SEV();
+ __WFE();
+ __WFE();
+ }
+
+ /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter Stop 2 mode.
+ * @note In Stop 2 mode, only low power voltage regulator is ON.
+ * @note In Stop 2 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI,
+ * the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with wakeup capability
+ * (LCD, LPTIM1, I2C3 and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI after
+ * receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case the HSI clock is propagated only
+ * to the peripheral requesting it.
+ * SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+ * The BOR is available.
+ * The voltage regulator is set in low-power mode but LPR bit must be cleared to enter stop 2 mode.
+ * Otherwise, Stop 1 mode is entered.
+ * @note When exiting Stop 2 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+ * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+ * is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+ * @param STOPEntry specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+ /* Set Stop mode 2 */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP2);
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+ /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __SEV();
+ __WFE();
+ __WFE();
+ }
+
+ /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter Shutdown mode.
+ * @note In Shutdown mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI, the LSI and the HSE oscillators are switched
+ * off. The voltage regulator is disabled and Vcore domain is powered off.
+ * SRAM1, SRAM2 and registers contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain.
+ * The BOR is not available.
+ * @note The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode(void)
+{
+
+ /* Set Shutdown mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_SHUTDOWN);
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+ __force_stores();
+#endif
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD/PVMx interrupt request.
+ * @note This API should be called under the PVD_PVM_IRQHandler().
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_PVD_PVM_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ /* Check PWR exti flag */
+ if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+ {
+ /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
+
+ /* Clear PVD exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+ }
+ /* Next, successively check PVMx exti flags */
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1)
+ if(__HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+ {
+ /* PWR PVM1 interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback();
+
+ /* Clear PVM1 exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+ }
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2)
+ if(__HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+ {
+ /* PWR PVM2 interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback();
+
+ /* Clear PVM2 exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+ }
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */
+ if(__HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+ {
+ /* PWR PVM3 interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback();
+
+ /* Clear PVM3 exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+ }
+ if(__HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+ {
+ /* PWR PVM4 interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback();
+
+ /* Clear PVM4 exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+ }
+}
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1)
+/**
+ * @brief PWR PVM1 interrupt callback
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+ HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback() API can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2)
+/**
+ * @brief PWR PVM2 interrupt callback
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+ HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback() API can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWR PVM3 interrupt callback
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+ HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback() API can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWR PVM4 interrupt callback
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+ HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback() API can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_qspi.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_qspi.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..536d1632e --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_qspi.c @@ -0,0 +1,2814 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_qspi.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief QSPI HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the QuadSPI interface (QSPI).
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Indirect functional mode management
+ * + Memory-mapped functional mode management
+ * + Auto-polling functional mode management
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ * + DMA channel configuration for indirect functional mode
+ * + Errors management and abort functionality
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ *** Initialization ***
+ ======================
+ [..]
+ (#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_QSPI_MspInit() :
+ (++) Enable QuadSPI clock interface with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_ENABLE().
+ (++) Reset QuadSPI Peripheral with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_FORCE_RESET() and __HAL_RCC_QSPI_RELEASE_RESET().
+ (++) Enable the clocks for the QuadSPI GPIOS with __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+ (++) Configure these QuadSPI pins in alternate mode using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+ (++) If interrupt mode is used, enable and configure QuadSPI global
+ interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+ (++) If DMA mode is used, enable the clocks for the QuadSPI DMA channel
+ with __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(), configure DMA with HAL_DMA_Init(),
+ link it with QuadSPI handle using __HAL_LINKDMA(), enable and configure
+ DMA channel global interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+ (#) Configure the flash size, the clock prescaler, the fifo threshold, the
+ clock mode, the sample shifting and the CS high time using the HAL_QSPI_Init() function.
+
+ *** Indirect functional mode ***
+ ================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Configure the command sequence using the HAL_QSPI_Command() or HAL_QSPI_Command_IT()
+ functions :
+ (++) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
+ (++) Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value.
+ (++) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
+ bytes values.
+ (++) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
+ (++) Data phase : the mode used and if present the number of bytes.
+ (++) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
+ if activated.
+ (++) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
+ (#) If no data is required for the command, it is sent directly to the memory :
+ (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
+ (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+ (#) For the indirect write mode, use HAL_QSPI_Transmit(), HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA() or
+ HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT() after the command configuration :
+ (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
+ (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold
+ is reached and HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+ (++) In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and
+ HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+ (#) For the indirect read mode, use HAL_QSPI_Receive(), HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA() or
+ HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT() after the command configuration :
+ (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
+ (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold
+ is reached and HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+ (++) In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and
+ HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+
+ *** Auto-polling functional mode ***
+ ====================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Configure the command sequence and the auto-polling functional mode using the
+ HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling() or HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT() functions :
+ (++) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
+ (++) Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value.
+ (++) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
+ bytes values.
+ (++) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
+ (++) Data phase : the mode used.
+ (++) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
+ if activated.
+ (++) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
+ (++) The size of the status bytes, the match value, the mask used, the match mode (OR/AND),
+ the polling interval and the automatic stop activation.
+ (#) After the configuration :
+ (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the status match is reached. The
+ automatic stop is activated to avoid an infinite loop.
+ (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback() will be called each time the status match is reached.
+
+ *** Memory-mapped functional mode ***
+ =====================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Configure the command sequence and the memory-mapped functional mode using the
+ HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped() functions :
+ (++) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
+ (++) Address phase : the mode used and the size.
+ (++) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
+ bytes values.
+ (++) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
+ (++) Data phase : the mode used.
+ (++) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
+ if activated.
+ (++) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
+ (++) The timeout activation and the timeout period.
+ (#) After the configuration, the QuadSPI will be used as soon as an access on the AHB is done on
+ the address range. HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback() will be called when the timeout expires.
+
+ *** Errors management and abort functionality ***
+ =================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) HAL_QSPI_GetError() function gives the error raised during the last operation.
+ (#) HAL_QSPI_Abort() and HAL_QSPI_AbortIT() functions aborts any on-going operation and
+ flushes the fifo :
+ (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer
+ complete bit is set and the busy bit cleared.
+ (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback() will be called when
+ the transfer complete bit is set.
+
+ *** Control functions ***
+ =========================
+ [..]
+ (#) HAL_QSPI_GetState() function gives the current state of the HAL QuadSPI driver.
+ (#) HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout() function configures the timeout value used in the driver.
+ (#) HAL_QSPI_SetFifoThreshold() function configures the threshold on the Fifo of the QSPI IP.
+ (#) HAL_QSPI_GetFifoThreshold() function gives the current of the Fifo's threshold
+ (#) HAL_QSPI_SetFlashID() function configures the index of the flash memory to be accessed.
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_QSPI_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback,
+ it allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback when error occurs.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback when abort is completed.
+ (+) FifoThresholdCallback : callback when the fifo threshold is reached.
+ (+) CmdCpltCallback : callback when a command without data is completed.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : callback when a reception transfer is completed.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : callback when a transmission transfer is completed.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : callback when half of the reception transfer is completed.
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : callback when half of the transmission transfer is completed.
+ (+) StatusMatchCallback : callback when a status match occurs.
+ (+) TimeOutCallback : callback when the timeout perioed expires.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : QSPI MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : QSPI MspDeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ Use function @ref HAL_QSPI_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak (surcharged) function. It allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback when error occurs.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback when abort is completed.
+ (+) FifoThresholdCallback : callback when the fifo threshold is reached.
+ (+) CmdCpltCallback : callback when a command without data is completed.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : callback when a reception transfer is completed.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : callback when a transmission transfer is completed.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : callback when half of the reception transfer is completed.
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : callback when half of the transmission transfer is completed.
+ (+) StatusMatchCallback : callback when a status match occurs.
+ (+) TimeOutCallback : callback when the timeout perioed expires.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : QSPI MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : QSPI MspDeInit.
+ This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
+
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_QSPI_Init and if the state is HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions.
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively
+ reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_QSPI_Init
+ and @ref HAL_QSPI_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_QSPI_Init and @ref HAL_QSPI_DeInit
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
+
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only.
+ Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
+ in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used
+ during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_QSPI_RegisterCallback before calling @ref HAL_QSPI_DeInit
+ or @ref HAL_QSPI_Init function.
+
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+ *** Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation ***
+ ====================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Workarounds Implemented inside HAL Driver
+ (++) Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(QUADSPI)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI QSPI
+ * @brief QSPI HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Private_Constants QSPI Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE 0x00000000U /*!<Indirect write mode*/
+#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_0) /*!<Indirect read mode*/
+#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_1) /*!<Automatic polling mode*/
+#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE) /*!<Memory-mapped mode*/
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Private_Macros QSPI Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE) || \
+ ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ) || \
+ ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING) || \
+ ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void QSPI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMAAbortCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout);
+static void QSPI_Config(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t FunctionalMode);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions QSPI Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
+ (+) Initialize the QuadSPI.
+ (+) De-initialize the QuadSPI.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the QSPI mode according to the specified parameters
+ * in the QSPI_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Init(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check the QSPI handle allocation */
+ if(hqspi == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hqspi->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLOCK_PRESCALER(hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_SSHIFT(hqspi->Init.SampleShifting));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_SIZE(hqspi->Init.FlashSize));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_CS_HIGH_TIME(hqspi->Init.ChipSelectHighTime));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLOCK_MODE(hqspi->Init.ClockMode));
+#if defined(QUADSPI_CR_DFM)
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUAL_FLASH_MODE(hqspi->Init.DualFlash));
+
+ if (hqspi->Init.DualFlash != QSPI_DUALFLASH_ENABLE )
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_ID(hqspi->Init.FlashID));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hqspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset Callback pointers in HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET only */
+ hqspi->ErrorCallback = HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback;
+ hqspi->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback;
+ hqspi->FifoThresholdCallback = HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback;
+ hqspi->CmdCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback;
+ hqspi->RxCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback;
+ hqspi->TxCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback;
+ hqspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback;
+ hqspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback;
+ hqspi->StatusMatchCallback = HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback;
+ hqspi->TimeOutCallback = HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback;
+
+ if(hqspi->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hqspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_QSPI_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hqspi->MspInitCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_QSPI_MspInit(hqspi);
+#endif
+
+ /* Configure the default timeout for the QSPI memory access */
+ HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout(hqspi, HAL_QSPI_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT_VALUE);
+ }
+
+ /* Configure QSPI FIFO Threshold */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES,
+ ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold - 1U) << QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES_Pos));
+
+ /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, tickstart, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI Clock Prescaler and Sample Shift */
+#if defined(QUADSPI_CR_DFM)
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PRESCALER | QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT | QUADSPI_CR_FSEL | QUADSPI_CR_DFM),
+ ((hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler << QUADSPI_CR_PRESCALER_Pos) |
+ hqspi->Init.SampleShifting | hqspi->Init.FlashID | hqspi->Init.DualFlash));
+#else
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PRESCALER | QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT),
+ ((hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler << QUADSPI_CR_PRESCALER_Pos) |
+ hqspi->Init.SampleShifting));
+#endif
+
+ /* Configure QSPI Flash Size, CS High Time and Clock Mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->DCR, (QUADSPI_DCR_FSIZE | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT | QUADSPI_DCR_CKMODE),
+ ((hqspi->Init.FlashSize << QUADSPI_DCR_FSIZE_Pos) |
+ hqspi->Init.ChipSelectHighTime | hqspi->Init.ClockMode));
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE(hqspi);
+
+ /* Set QSPI error code to none */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-Initialize the QSPI peripheral.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_DeInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Check the QSPI handle allocation */
+ if(hqspi == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Disable the QSPI Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE(hqspi);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if(hqspi->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hqspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit;
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ hqspi->MspDeInitCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit(hqspi);
+#endif
+
+ /* Set QSPI error code to none */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the QSPI MSP.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_MspInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the QSPI MSP.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief QSPI Transmit/Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
+ (+) Handle the interrupts.
+ (+) Handle the command sequence.
+ (+) Transmit data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode.
+ (+) Receive data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode.
+ (+) Manage the auto-polling functional mode.
+ (+) Manage the memory-mapped functional mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle QSPI interrupt request.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_QSPI_IRQHandler(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t *data_reg;
+ uint32_t flag = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->SR);
+ uint32_t itsource = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR);
+
+ /* QSPI Fifo Threshold interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+ if(((flag & QSPI_FLAG_FT) != 0U) && ((itsource & QSPI_IT_FT) != 0U))
+ {
+ data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX)
+ {
+ /* Transmission process */
+ while(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hqspi->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Fill the FIFO until the threshold is reached */
+ *((__IO uint8_t *)data_reg) = *hqspi->pTxBuffPtr;
+ hqspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hqspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No more data available for the transfer */
+ /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_FT);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX)
+ {
+ /* Receiving Process */
+ while(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hqspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Read the FIFO until the threshold is reached */
+ *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = *((__IO uint8_t *)data_reg);
+ hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hqspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* All data have been received for the transfer */
+ /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_FT);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* FIFO Threshold callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->FifoThresholdCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* QSPI Transfer Complete interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/
+ else if(((flag & QSPI_FLAG_TC) != 0U) && ((itsource & QSPI_IT_TC) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->FCR, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+ /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold, Transfer Error and Transfer complete Interrupts */
+ __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT);
+
+ /* Transfer complete callback */
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX)
+ {
+ if ((hqspi->Instance->CR & QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA channel */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hqspi->hdma);
+ }
+
+#if (defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx))
+ /* Clear Busy bit */
+ HAL_QSPI_Abort_IT(hqspi);
+#endif
+
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* TX Complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->TxCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX)
+ {
+ if ((hqspi->Instance->CR & QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA channel */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hqspi->hdma);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
+ while(READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->SR, QUADSPI_SR_FLEVEL) != 0U)
+ {
+ if (hqspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Read the last data received in the FIFO until it is empty */
+ *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = *((__IO uint8_t *)data_reg);
+ hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hqspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* All data have been received for the transfer */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if (defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx))
+ /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */
+ HAL_QSPI_Abort_IT(hqspi);
+#endif
+
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* RX Complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->RxCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Command Complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->CmdCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* Reset functional mode configuration to indirect write mode by default */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE);
+
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hqspi->ErrorCode == HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Abort called by the user */
+
+ /* Abort Complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->AbortCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Abort due to an error (eg : DMA error) */
+
+ /* Error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* QSPI Status Match interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+ else if(((flag & QSPI_FLAG_SM) != 0U) && ((itsource & QSPI_IT_SM) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->FCR, QSPI_FLAG_SM);
+
+ /* Check if the automatic poll mode stop is activated */
+ if(READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_APMS) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the QSPI Transfer Error and Status Match Interrupts */
+ __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, (QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TE));
+
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+ /* Status match callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->StatusMatchCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* QSPI Transfer Error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+ else if(((flag & QSPI_FLAG_TE) != 0U) && ((itsource & QSPI_IT_TE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->FCR, QSPI_FLAG_TE);
+
+ /* Disable all the QSPI Interrupts */
+ __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT);
+
+ /* Set error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TRANSFER;
+
+ if ((hqspi->Instance->CR & QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA channel */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferAbortCallback = QSPI_DMAAbortCplt;
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hqspi->hdma) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* QSPI Timeout interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+ else if(((flag & QSPI_FLAG_TO) != 0U) && ((itsource & QSPI_IT_TO) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->FCR, QSPI_FLAG_TO);
+
+ /* Timeout callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->TimeOutCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the command configuration.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information
+ * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
+ * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+ if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+ if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Update QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, tickstart, Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call the configuration function */
+ QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+ if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE)
+ {
+ /* When there is no data phase, the transfer start as soon as the configuration is done
+ so wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, tickstart, Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+ /* Update QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the command configuration in interrupt mode.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information
+ * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+ if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+ if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Update QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, tickstart, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE | QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+ }
+
+ /* Call the configuration function */
+ QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+ if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE)
+ {
+ /* When there is no data phase, the transfer start as soon as the configuration is done
+ so activate TC and TE interrupts */
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Error Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_TC);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param pData : pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
+ * @note This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ __IO uint32_t *data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ if(pData != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
+
+ /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+ hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U;
+ hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U;
+ hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect write */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+ while(hqspi->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until FT flag is set to send data */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT, SET, tickstart, Timeout);
+
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *((__IO uint8_t *)data_reg) = *hqspi->pTxBuffPtr;
+ hqspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hqspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, tickstart, Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+#if (defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx))
+ /* Clear Busy bit */
+ status = HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param pData : pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
+ * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
+ __IO uint32_t *data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ if(pData != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
+
+ /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+ hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U;
+ hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U;
+ hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
+
+ /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
+
+ while(hqspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until FT or TC flag is set to read received data */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, (QSPI_FLAG_FT | QSPI_FLAG_TC), SET, tickstart, Timeout);
+
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = *((__IO uint8_t *)data_reg);
+ hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hqspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, tickstart, Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+#if (defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx))
+ /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */
+ status = HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode with interrupt.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param pData : pointer to data buffer
+ * @note This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ if(pData != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
+
+ /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+ hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U;
+ hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U;
+ hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE | QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect write */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI transfer error, FIFO threshold and transfer complete Interrupts */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with interrupt.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param pData : pointer to data buffer
+ * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ if(pData != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
+
+ /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+ hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U;
+ hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U;
+ hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE | QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
+
+ /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI transfer error, FIFO threshold and transfer complete Interrupts */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param pData : pointer to data buffer
+ * @note This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
+ * @note If DMA peripheral access is configured as halfword, the number
+ * of data and the fifo threshold should be aligned on halfword
+ * @note If DMA peripheral access is configured as word, the number
+ * of data and the fifo threshold should be aligned on word
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t data_size = (READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U);
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Clear the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ if(pData != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Configure counters of the handle */
+ if (hqspi->hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment == DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE)
+ {
+ hqspi->TxXferCount = data_size;
+ }
+ else if (hqspi->hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment == DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ if (((data_size % 2U) != 0U) || ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold % 2U) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* The number of data or the fifo threshold is not aligned on halfword
+ => no transfer possible with DMA peripheral access configured as halfword */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->TxXferCount = (data_size >> 1U);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hqspi->hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment == DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD)
+ {
+ if (((data_size % 4U) != 0U) || ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold % 4U) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* The number of data or the fifo threshold is not aligned on word
+ => no transfer possible with DMA peripheral access configured as word */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->TxXferCount = (data_size >> 2U);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
+
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, (QSPI_FLAG_TE | QSPI_FLAG_TC));
+
+ /* Configure size and pointer of the handle */
+ hqspi->TxXferSize = hqspi->TxXferCount;
+ hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional mode as indirect write */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+ /* Set the QSPI DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferCpltCallback = QSPI_DMATxCplt;
+
+ /* Set the QSPI DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferErrorCallback = QSPI_DMAError;
+
+ /* Clear the DMA abort callback */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Configure the direction of the DMA */
+ hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction = DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH;
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_DIR, hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI transmit DMA Channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hqspi->hdma, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hqspi->Instance->DR, hqspi->TxXferSize) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI transfer error Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer by setting the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+ SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA;
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param pData : pointer to data buffer.
+ * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
+ * @note If DMA peripheral access is configured as halfword, the number
+ * of data and the fifo threshold should be aligned on halfword
+ * @note If DMA peripheral access is configured as word, the number
+ * of data and the fifo threshold should be aligned on word
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
+ uint32_t data_size = (READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1U);
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Clear the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ if(pData != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Configure counters of the handle */
+ if (hqspi->hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment == DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE)
+ {
+ hqspi->RxXferCount = data_size;
+ }
+ else if (hqspi->hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment == DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ if (((data_size % 2U) != 0U) || ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold % 2U) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* The number of data or the fifo threshold is not aligned on halfword
+ => no transfer possible with DMA peripheral access configured as halfword */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->RxXferCount = (data_size >> 1U);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hqspi->hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment == DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD)
+ {
+ if (((data_size % 4U) != 0U) || ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold % 4U) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* The number of data or the fifo threshold is not aligned on word
+ => no transfer possible with DMA peripheral access configured as word */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->RxXferCount = (data_size >> 2U);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
+
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, (QSPI_FLAG_TE | QSPI_FLAG_TC));
+
+ /* Configure size and pointer of the handle */
+ hqspi->RxXferSize = hqspi->RxXferCount;
+ hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ /* Set the QSPI DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferCpltCallback = QSPI_DMARxCplt;
+
+ /* Set the QSPI DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferErrorCallback = QSPI_DMAError;
+
+ /* Clear the DMA abort callback */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Configure the direction of the DMA */
+ hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction = DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_DIR, hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA Channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hqspi->hdma, (uint32_t)&hqspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, hqspi->RxXferSize) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
+
+ /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI transfer error Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer by setting the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+ SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA;
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in blocking mode.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information.
+ * @param cfg : structure that contains the polling configuration information.
+ * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
+ * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef *cfg, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+ if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+ if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INTERVAL(cfg->Interval));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_STATUS_BYTES_SIZE(cfg->StatusBytesSize));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_MATCH_MODE(cfg->MatchMode));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_AUTO_POLLING;
+
+ /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, tickstart, Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: PSMAR register with the status match value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMAR, cfg->Match);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: PSMKR register with the status mask value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMKR, cfg->Mask);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: PIR register with the interval value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PIR, cfg->Interval);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Match mode and Automatic stop enabled
+ (otherwise there will be an infinite loop in blocking mode) */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PMM | QUADSPI_CR_APMS),
+ (cfg->MatchMode | QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP_ENABLE));
+
+ /* Call the configuration function */
+ cmd->NbData = cfg->StatusBytesSize;
+ QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING);
+
+ /* Wait until SM flag is set to go back in idle state */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM, SET, tickstart, Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM);
+
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in non-blocking mode.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information.
+ * @param cfg : structure that contains the polling configuration information.
+ * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef *cfg)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+ if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+ if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INTERVAL(cfg->Interval));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_STATUS_BYTES_SIZE(cfg->StatusBytesSize));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_MATCH_MODE(cfg->MatchMode));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP(cfg->AutomaticStop));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_AUTO_POLLING;
+
+ /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, tickstart, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: PSMAR register with the status match value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMAR, cfg->Match);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: PSMKR register with the status mask value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMKR, cfg->Mask);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: PIR register with the interval value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PIR, cfg->Interval);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Match mode and Automatic stop mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PMM | QUADSPI_CR_APMS),
+ (cfg->MatchMode | cfg->AutomaticStop));
+
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE | QSPI_FLAG_SM);
+
+ /* Call the configuration function */
+ cmd->NbData = cfg->StatusBytesSize;
+ QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Error and status match Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, (QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TE));
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Memory Mapped mode.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information.
+ * @param cfg : structure that contains the memory mapped configuration information.
+ * @note This function is used only in Memory mapped Mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef *cfg)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+ if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+ if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT_ACTIVATION(cfg->TimeOutActivation));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_MEM_MAPPED;
+
+ /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, tickstart, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: CR register with timeout counter enable */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_TCEN, cfg->TimeOutActivation);
+
+ if (cfg->TimeOutActivation == QSPI_TIMEOUT_COUNTER_ENABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT_PERIOD(cfg->TimeOutPeriod));
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: LPTR register with the low-power timeout value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->LPTR, cfg->TimeOutPeriod);
+
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TO);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI TimeOut Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TO);
+ }
+
+ /* Call the configuration function */
+ QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transfer Error callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort completed callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Command completed callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief FIFO Threshold callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_FIFOThresholdCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Status Match callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timeout callback.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hqspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User QSPI Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param CallbackId : ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_ERROR_CB_ID QSPI Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_ABORT_CB_ID QSPI Abort Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD_CB_ID QSPI FIFO Threshold Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_CMD_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Command Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_RX_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_TX_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_RX_HALF_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_TX_HALF_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_STATUS_MATCH_CB_ID QSPI Status Match Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_TIMEOUT_CB_ID QSPI Timeout Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_MSP_INIT_CB_ID QSPI MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID QSPI MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback : pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_RegisterCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, HAL_QSPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackId, pQSPI_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if(pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackId)
+ {
+ case HAL_QSPI_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->FifoThresholdCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_CMD_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->CmdCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_RX_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_TX_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_RX_HALF_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_TX_HALF_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_STATUS_MATCH_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->StatusMatchCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_TIMEOUT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->TimeOutCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackId)
+ {
+ case HAL_QSPI_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a User QSPI Callback
+ * QSPI Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param CallbackId : ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_ERROR_CB_ID QSPI Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_ABORT_CB_ID QSPI Abort Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD_CB_ID QSPI FIFO Threshold Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_CMD_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Command Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_RX_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_TX_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_RX_HALF_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_TX_HALF_CPLT_CB_ID QSPI Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_STATUS_MATCH_CB_ID QSPI Status Match Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_TIMEOUT_CB_ID QSPI Timeout Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_MSP_INIT_CB_ID QSPI MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_QSPI_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID QSPI MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_UnRegisterCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, HAL_QSPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackId)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackId)
+ {
+ case HAL_QSPI_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->ErrorCallback = HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->FifoThresholdCallback = HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_CMD_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->CmdCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_RX_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->RxCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_TX_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->TxCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_RX_HALF_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_TX_HALF_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_STATUS_MATCH_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->StatusMatchCallback = HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_TIMEOUT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->TimeOutCallback = HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_QSPI_MspInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackId)
+ {
+ case HAL_QSPI_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_QSPI_MspInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_QSPI_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hqspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+ return status;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control and State functions
+ * @brief QSPI control and State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control and State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
+ (+) Check in run-time the state of the driver.
+ (+) Check the error code set during last operation.
+ (+) Abort any operation.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the QSPI handle state.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_QSPI_StateTypeDef HAL_QSPI_GetState(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ /* Return QSPI handle state */
+ return hqspi->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Return the QSPI error code.
+* @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+* @retval QSPI Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_QSPI_GetError(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ return hqspi->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Abort the current transmission.
+* @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+* @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Abort(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check if the state is in one of the busy states */
+ if (((uint32_t)hqspi->State & 0x2U) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if ((hqspi->Instance->CR & QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+
+ /* Abort DMA channel */
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hqspi->hdma);
+ if(status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Abort request */
+ SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_ABORT);
+
+ /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, tickstart, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+ /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+ status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, tickstart, hqspi->Timeout);
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Reset functional mode configuration to indirect write mode by default */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE);
+
+ /* Update state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Abort the current transmission (non-blocking function)
+* @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+* @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Abort_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check if the state is in one of the busy states */
+ if (((uint32_t)hqspi->State & 0x2U) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Update QSPI state */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ABORT;
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, (QSPI_IT_TO | QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE));
+
+ if ((hqspi->Instance->CR & QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+
+ /* Abort DMA channel */
+ hqspi->hdma->XferAbortCallback = QSPI_DMAAbortCplt;
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hqspi->hdma) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Abort Complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->AbortCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Abort request */
+ SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_ABORT);
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/** @brief Set QSPI timeout.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle.
+ * @param Timeout : Timeout for the QSPI memory access.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ hqspi->Timeout = Timeout;
+}
+
+/** @brief Set QSPI Fifo threshold.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle.
+ * @param Threshold : Threshold of the Fifo (value between 1 and 16).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_SetFifoThreshold(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Synchronize init structure with new FIFO threshold value */
+ hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold = Threshold;
+
+ /* Configure QSPI FIFO Threshold */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES,
+ ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold - 1U) << QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES_Pos));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/** @brief Get QSPI Fifo threshold.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle.
+ * @retval Fifo threshold (value between 1 and 16)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_QSPI_GetFifoThreshold(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+ return ((READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES) >> QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES_Pos) + 1U);
+}
+
+#if defined(QUADSPI_CR_DFM)
+/** @brief Set FlashID.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle.
+ * @param FlashID : Index of the flash memory to be accessed.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Flash_Select.
+ * @note The FlashID is ignored when dual flash mode is enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_SetFlashID(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t FlashID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_ID(FlashID));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Synchronize init structure with new FlashID value */
+ hqspi->Init.FlashID = FlashID;
+
+ /* Configure QSPI FlashID */
+ MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_FSEL, FlashID);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Private_Functions QSPI Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA QSPI receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma : DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void QSPI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent);
+ hqspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI transfer complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA QSPI transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma : DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void QSPI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent);
+ hqspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI transfer complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA QSPI receive process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma : DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->RxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA QSPI transmit process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma : DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->TxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA QSPI communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma : DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void QSPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hqspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hqspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+
+ /* Abort the QSPI */
+ (void)HAL_QSPI_Abort_IT(hqspi);
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA QSPI abort complete callback.
+ * @param hdma : DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void QSPI_DMAAbortCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hqspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hqspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* DMA Abort called by QSPI abort */
+ /* Clear interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+ /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC);
+
+ /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Abort request */
+ SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_ABORT);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DMA Abort called due to a transfer error interrupt */
+ /* Change state of QSPI */
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hqspi->ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+#else
+ HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wait for a flag state until timeout.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param Flag : Flag checked
+ * @param State : Value of the flag expected
+ * @param Tickstart : Tick start value
+ * @param Timeout : Duration of the timeout
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Flag,
+ FlagStatus State, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait until flag is in expected state */
+ while((__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, Flag)) != State)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if(((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR;
+ hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the communication registers.
+ * @param hqspi : QSPI handle
+ * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information
+ * @param FunctionalMode : functional mode to configured
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE: Indirect write mode
+ * @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ: Indirect read mode
+ * @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING: Automatic polling mode
+ * @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED: Memory-mapped mode
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void QSPI_Config(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t FunctionalMode)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(FunctionalMode));
+
+ if ((cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE) && (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED))
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: DLR register with the number of data to read or write */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR, (cmd->NbData - 1U));
+ }
+
+ if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+ {
+ if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: ABR register with alternate bytes value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->ABR, cmd->AlternateBytes);
+
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ /*---- Command with instruction, address and alternate bytes ----*/
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+ cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << QUADSPI_CCR_DCYC_Pos) |
+ cmd->AlternateBytesSize | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
+ cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
+ cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
+
+ if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*---- Command with instruction and alternate bytes ----*/
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+ cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << QUADSPI_CCR_DCYC_Pos) |
+ cmd->AlternateBytesSize | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
+ cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
+ cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ /*---- Command with instruction and address ----*/
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+ cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << QUADSPI_CCR_DCYC_Pos) |
+ cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode |
+ cmd->InstructionMode | cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
+
+ if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*---- Command with only instruction ----*/
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+ cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << QUADSPI_CCR_DCYC_Pos) |
+ cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressMode |
+ cmd->InstructionMode | cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: ABR register with alternate bytes value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->ABR, cmd->AlternateBytes);
+
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ /*---- Command with address and alternate bytes ----*/
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+ cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << QUADSPI_CCR_DCYC_Pos) |
+ cmd->AlternateBytesSize | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
+ cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode |
+ cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode));
+
+ if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*---- Command with only alternate bytes ----*/
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+ cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << QUADSPI_CCR_DCYC_Pos) |
+ cmd->AlternateBytesSize | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
+ cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ /*---- Command with only address ----*/
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+ cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << QUADSPI_CCR_DCYC_Pos) |
+ cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressSize |
+ cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode));
+
+ if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*---- Command with only data phase ----*/
+ if (cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+ WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+ cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << QUADSPI_CCR_DCYC_Pos) |
+ cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressMode |
+ cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined(QUADSPI) || defined(QUADSPI1) || defined(QUADSPI2) */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9709d0679 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1869 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief RCC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### RCC specific features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ After reset the device is running from Multiple Speed Internal oscillator
+ (4 MHz) with Flash 0 wait state. Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache
+ and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal
+ SRAM, Flash and JTAG.
+
+ (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHBs) and Low speed (APBs) busses:
+ all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at MSI speed.
+ (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
+ (+) All GPIOs are in analog mode, except the JTAG pins which
+ are assigned to be used for debug purpose.
+
+ [..]
+ Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:
+ (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock
+ (if the application needs higher frequency/performance)
+ (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
+ (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers
+ (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
+ (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not
+ derived from the System clock (SAIx, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDMMC1/RNG)
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC RCC
+ * @brief RCC HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Constants RCC Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
+#define HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+#define LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 17U /* 17 ms (16 ms starting time + 1) */
+#else
+#define LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+#define HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE 5000U /* 5 s */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE()
+#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA
+#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8
+
+#define RCC_PLL_OSCSOURCE_CONFIG(__HAL_RCC_PLLSOURCE__) \
+ (MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, (__HAL_RCC_PLLSOURCE__)))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions RCC Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(uint32_t msirange);
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+static uint32_t RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource(void);
+#endif
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal and external oscillators
+ (HSE, HSI, LSE, MSI, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System busses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1
+ and APB2).
+
+ [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration
+ (+) HSI (high-speed internal): 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through
+ the PLL as System clock source.
+
+ (+) MSI (Mutiple Speed Internal): Its frequency is software trimmable from 100KHZ to 48MHZ.
+ It can be used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz).
+ The number of flash wait states is automatically adjusted when MSI range is updated with
+ HAL_RCC_OscConfig() and the MSI is used as System clock source.
+
+ (+) LSI (low-speed internal): 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC
+ clock source.
+
+ (+) HSE (high-speed external): 4 to 48 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or
+ through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also optionally as RTC clock source.
+
+ (+) LSE (low-speed external): 32.768 KHz oscillator used optionally as RTC clock source.
+
+ (+) PLL (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to three independent output clocks:
+ (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 80MHz).
+ (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz),
+ the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDMMC1 (<= 48 MHz).
+ (++) The third output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve
+ high-quality audio performance on SAI interface.
+
+ (+) PLLSAI1 (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to three independent output clocks:
+ (++) The first output is used to generate SAR ADC1 clock.
+ (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz),
+ the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDMMC1 (<= 48 MHz).
+ (++) The Third output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve
+ high-quality audio performance on SAI interface.
+
+ (+) PLLSAI2 (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to two independent output clocks:
+ (++) The first output is used to generate SAR ADC2 clock.
+ (++) The second output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve
+ high-quality audio performance on SAI interface.
+
+ (+) CSS (Clock security system): once enabled, if a HSE clock failure occurs
+ (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock
+ is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled.
+ The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt)
+ exception vector.
+
+ (+) MCO (microcontroller clock output): used to output MSI, LSI, HSI, LSE, HSE or
+ main PLL clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin.
+
+ [..] System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration
+ (+) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): MSI, HSI,
+ HSE and main PLL.
+ The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable
+ prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped
+ on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived
+ from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock
+ the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use
+ "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks.
+
+ -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except:
+
+ (+@) SAI: the SAI clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLSAI1) or (PLLSAI2) or
+ from an external clock mapped on the SAI_CKIN pin.
+ You have to use HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function to configure this clock.
+ (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock
+ divided by 2 to 31.
+ You have to use __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() and HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function
+ to configure this clock.
+ (+@) USB OTG FS, SDMMC1 and RNG: USB OTG FS requires a frequency equal to 48 MHz
+ to work correctly, while the SDMMC1 and RNG peripherals require a frequency
+ equal or lower than to 48 MHz. This clock is derived of the main PLL or PLLSAI1
+ through PLLQ divider. You have to enable the peripheral clock and use
+ HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function to configure this clock.
+ (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
+
+
+ (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 80 MHz.
+ The clock source frequency should be adapted depending on the device voltage range
+ as listed in the Reference Manual "Clock source frequency versus voltage scaling" chapter.
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ Table 1. HCLK clock frequency for STM32L4Rx/STM32L4Sx devices
+ +--------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
+ | |--------------------------------------|
+ | | voltage range 1 | voltage range 2 |
+ | | 1.2 V | 1.0 V |
+ |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+ |0WS(1 CPU cycles)| 0 < HCLK <= 20 | 0 < HCLK <= 8 |
+ |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+ |1WS(2 CPU cycles)| 20 < HCLK <= 40 | 8 < HCLK <= 16 |
+ |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+ |2WS(3 CPU cycles)| 40 < HCLK <= 60 | 16 < HCLK <= 26 |
+ |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+ |3WS(4 CPU cycles)| 60 < HCLK <= 80 | 16 < HCLK <= 26 |
+ |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+ |4WS(5 CPU cycles)| 80 < HCLK <= 100 | 16 < HCLK <= 26 |
+ |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+ |5WS(6 CPU cycles)| 100 < HCLK <= 120 | 16 < HCLK <= 26 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ Table 2. HCLK clock frequency for other STM32L4 devices
+ +-------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
+ | |-------------------------------------|
+ | | voltage range 1 | voltage range 2 |
+ | | 1.2 V | 1.0 V |
+ |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+ |0WS(1 CPU cycles)| 0 < HCLK <= 16 | 0 < HCLK <= 6 |
+ |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+ |1WS(2 CPU cycles)| 16 < HCLK <= 32 | 6 < HCLK <= 12 |
+ |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+ |2WS(3 CPU cycles)| 32 < HCLK <= 48 | 12 < HCLK <= 18 |
+ |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+ |3WS(4 CPU cycles)| 48 < HCLK <= 64 | 18 < HCLK <= 26 |
+ |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+ |4WS(5 CPU cycles)| 64 < HCLK <= 80 | 18 < HCLK <= 26 |
+ +-------------------------------------------------------+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+ * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+ * - MSI ON and used as system clock source
+ * - HSE, HSI, PLL, PLLSAI1 and PLLSAI2 OFF
+ * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescalers set to 1.
+ * - CSS, MCO1 OFF
+ * - All interrupts disabled
+ * - All interrupt and reset flags cleared
+ * @note This function does not modify the configuration of the
+ * - Peripheral clock sources
+ * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks (Backup domain)
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Reset to default System clock */
+ /* Set MSION bit */
+ SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSION);
+
+ /* Insure MSIRDY bit is set before writing default MSIRANGE value */
+ /* Get start tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till MSI is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set MSIRANGE default value */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE, RCC_MSIRANGE_6);
+
+ /* Reset CFGR register (MSI is selected as system clock source) */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR);
+
+ /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable for MSI as system clock source */
+ SystemCoreClock = MSI_VALUE;
+
+ /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clock settings */
+ if(HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Insure MSI selected as system clock source */
+ /* Get start tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till system clock source is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SWS) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset HSION, HSIKERON, HSIASFS, HSEON, HSECSSON, PLLON, PLLSAIxON bits */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1ON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2ON);
+
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1ON);
+
+#else
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON);
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Insure PLLRDY, PLLSAI1RDY and PLLSAI2RDY (if present) are reset */
+ /* Get start tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U)
+
+#else
+
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U)
+
+#endif
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset PLLCFGR register */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR);
+ SET_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_4 );
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+ /* Reset PLLSAI1CFGR register */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR);
+ SET_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_4 );
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+ /* Reset PLLSAI2CFGR register */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR);
+ SET_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_4 );
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP);
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIER);
+
+ /* Clear all interrupt flags */
+ WRITE_REG(RCC->CICR, 0xFFFFFFFFU);
+
+ /* Clear all reset flags */
+ SET_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_RMVF);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the
+ * RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
+ * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators.
+ * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
+ * @note Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not
+ * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off
+ * first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass.
+ * @note Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not
+ * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off
+ * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t sysclk_source, pll_config;
+
+ /* Check Null pointer */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType));
+
+ sysclk_source = __HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE();
+ pll_config = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE();
+
+ /*----------------------------- MSI Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MSICALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange));
+
+ /* Check if MSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */
+ if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) ||
+ ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI)))
+ {
+ if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState == RCC_MSI_OFF))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, just the calibration and MSI range change are allowed */
+ else
+ {
+ /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
+ must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
+ (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange > __HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE())
+ {
+ /* First increase number of wait states update if necessary */
+ if(RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange);
+ /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Else, keep current flash latency while decreasing applies */
+ /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange);
+ /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue);
+
+ /* Decrease number of wait states update if necessary */
+ if(RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */
+ SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> (AHBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos] & 0x1FU);
+
+ /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/
+ status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+ if(status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return status;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the MSI State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState != RCC_MSI_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (MSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till MSI is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange);
+ /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue);
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (MSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till MSI is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState));
+
+ /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */
+ if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE) ||
+ ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)))
+ {
+ if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/
+ __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState);
+
+ /* Check the HSE State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSE is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSE is disabled */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue));
+
+ /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */
+ if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI) ||
+ ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)))
+ {
+ /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not be disabled */
+ if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState == RCC_HSI_OFF))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the HSI State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is disabled */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState));
+
+ /* Check the LSI State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+ uint32_t csr_temp = RCC->CSR;
+
+ /* Check LSI division factor */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSIDIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv));
+
+ if (RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv != (csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV))
+ {
+ if (((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) == RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) && \
+ ((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSION) != RCC_CSR_LSION))
+ {
+ /* If LSIRDY is set while LSION is not enabled,
+ LSIPREDIV can't be updated */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Turn off LSI before changing RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+ if ((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION)
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSI is disabled */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set LSI division factor */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV, RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv);
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+
+ /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSI is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSI is disabled */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE)
+ {
+ FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState));
+
+ /* Update LSE configuration in Backup Domain control register */
+ /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->APB1ENR1, RCC_APB1ENR1_PWREN))
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+ pwrclkchanged = SET;
+ }
+
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP))
+ {
+ /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+
+ /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP))
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+ if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSEON) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Set LSESYSDIS bit according to LSE propagation option (enabled or disabled) */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS, (RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS));
+
+ if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* LSE oscillator bypass enable */
+ SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP);
+ SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* LSE oscillator enable */
+ SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON);
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP);
+ }
+#else
+ __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState);
+#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */
+
+ /* Check the LSE State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSE is disabled */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+ /* By default, stop disabling LSE propagation */
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS);
+#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */
+ }
+
+ /* Restore clock configuration if changed */
+ if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ /*------------------------------ HSI48 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI48(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State));
+
+ /* Check the LSI State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State != RCC_HSI48_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (HSI48). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI48_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (HSI48). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI48_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI48 is disabled */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+ /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState));
+
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState != RCC_PLL_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
+ if(sysclk_source != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+ {
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState == RCC_PLL_ON)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR));
+
+ /* Disable the main PLL. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource,
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM,
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN,
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP,
+#endif
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ,
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR);
+
+ /* Enable the main PLL. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Enable PLL System Clock output. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK);
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the main PLL. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Disable all PLL outputs to save power if no PLLs on */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) && defined(RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY)
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY)) == 0U)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+ }
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+ }
+#else
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT && RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK | RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK);
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK | RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK);
+#else
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLL is disabled */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check if there is a request to disable the PLL used as System clock source */
+ if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_OFF)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pll_config = RCC->PLLCFGR;
+ /* Do not return HAL_ERROR if request repeats the current configuration */
+ if((READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource) ||
+ (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) != ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos)) ||
+ (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) != (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) ||
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) != (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos)) ||
+#else
+ (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP == RCC_PLLP_DIV7) ? 0U : 1U)) ||
+#endif
+#endif
+ (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) != ((((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ) >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos)) ||
+ (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) != ((((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR) >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos)))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the specified
+ * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct.
+ * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral.
+ * @param FLatency FLASH Latency
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_0 FLASH 0 Latency cycle
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_1 FLASH 1 Latency cycle
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_2 FLASH 2 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_3 FLASH 3 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_4 FLASH 4 Latency cycles
+ @if STM32L4S9xx
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_5 FLASH 5 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_6 FLASH 6 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_7 FLASH 7 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_8 FLASH 8 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_9 FLASH 9 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_10 FLASH 10 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_11 FLASH 11 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_12 FLASH 12 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_13 FLASH 13 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_14 FLASH 14 Latency cycles
+ * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_15 FLASH 15 Latency cycles
+ @endif
+ *
+ * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency
+ * and updated by HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function
+ *
+ * @note The MSI is used by default as system clock source after
+ * startup from Reset, wake-up from STANDBY mode. After restart from Reset,
+ * the MSI frequency is set to its default value 4 MHz.
+ *
+ * @note The HSI can be selected as system clock source after
+ * from STOP modes or in case of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly
+ * as system clock (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
+ *
+ * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target
+ * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked).
+ * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will
+ * occur when the clock source is ready.
+ *
+ * @note You can use HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is
+ * currently used as system clock source.
+ *
+ * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly
+ * HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency
+ * (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions")
+ * @retval None
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ uint32_t hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
+#endif
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+ /* Check Null pointer */
+ if(RCC_ClkInitStruct == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency));
+
+ /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
+ must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
+ (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */
+
+ /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
+ if(FLatency > __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY())
+ {
+ /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
+ __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
+
+ /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+ memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource));
+
+ /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */
+ if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
+ {
+ /* Check the PLL ready flag */
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ /* Undershoot management when selection PLL as SYSCLK source and frequency above 80Mhz */
+ /* Compute target PLL output frequency */
+ if(RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource() > 80000000U)
+ {
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1)
+ {
+ /* Intermediate step with HCLK prescaler 2 necessary before to go over 80Mhz */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2);
+ hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2;
+ }
+ else if((((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) && (RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1))
+ {
+ /* Intermediate step with HCLK prescaler 2 necessary before to go over 80Mhz */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2);
+ hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */
+ if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
+ {
+ /* Check the HSE ready flag */
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ /* MSI is selected as System Clock Source */
+ else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_MSI)
+ {
+ /* Check the MSI ready flag */
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the HSI ready flag */
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ /* Overshoot management when going down from PLL as SYSCLK source and frequency above 80Mhz */
+ if(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() > 80000000U)
+ {
+ /* Intermediate step with HCLK prescaler 2 necessary before to go under 80Mhz */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2);
+ hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ }
+
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW, RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource);
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != (RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource << RCC_CFGR_SWS_Pos))
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+ }
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ else
+ {
+ /* Is intermediate HCLK prescaler 2 applied internally, complete with HCLK prescaler 1 */
+ if(hpre == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
+ if(FLatency < __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY())
+ {
+ /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
+ __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
+
+ /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+ memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3U));
+ }
+
+ /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */
+ SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> (AHBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos] & 0x1FU);
+
+ /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/
+ status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief RCC clocks control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to:
+
+ (+) Ouput clock to MCO pin.
+ (+) Retrieve current clock frequencies.
+ (+) Enable the Clock Security System.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Select the clock source to output on MCO pin(PA8).
+ * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode.
+ * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source.
+ * For STM32L4xx family this parameter can have only one value:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8).
+ * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK MCO output disabled, no clock on MCO
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK system clock selected as MCO source
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_MSI MSI clock selected as MCO source
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI clock selected as MCO source
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE clock selected as MCO sourcee
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK main PLL clock selected as MCO source
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI clock selected as MCO source
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE clock selected as MCO source
+ @if STM32L443xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO source for devices with HSI48
+ @endif
+ * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_2 division by 2 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_4 division by 4 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_8 division by 8 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_16 division by 16 applied to MCO clock
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig( uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv)
+{
+ GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
+
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
+ UNUSED(RCC_MCOx);
+
+ /* MCO Clock Enable */
+ __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Configue the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO1_PIN;
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH;
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO;
+ HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+ /* Mask MCOSEL[] and MCOPRE[] bits then set MCO1 clock source and prescaler */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCOSEL | RCC_CFGR_MCOPRE), (RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv ));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the SYSCLK frequency.
+ *
+ * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
+ * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
+ * constant and the selected clock source:
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is MSI, function returns values based on MSI
+ * Value as defined by the MSI range.
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*)
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**),
+ * HSI_VALUE(*) or MSI Value multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+ * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+ * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+ * in voltage and temperature.
+ * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+ * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+ * have wrong result.
+ *
+ * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+ * value for HSE crystal.
+ *
+ * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+ * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+ *
+ * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+ * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ *
+ *
+ * @retval SYSCLK frequency
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void)
+{
+ uint32_t msirange = 0U, sysclockfreq = 0U;
+ uint32_t pllvco, pllsource, pllr, pllm; /* no init needed */
+ uint32_t sysclk_source, pll_oscsource;
+
+ sysclk_source = __HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE();
+ pll_oscsource = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE();
+
+ if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) ||
+ ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_oscsource == RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI)))
+ {
+ /* MSI or PLL with MSI source used as system clock source */
+
+ /* Get SYSCLK source */
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRGSEL) == 0U)
+ { /* MSISRANGE from RCC_CSR applies */
+ msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE) >> RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE_Pos;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* MSIRANGE from RCC_CR applies */
+ msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE) >> RCC_CR_MSIRANGE_Pos;
+ }
+ /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+ msirange = MSIRangeTable[msirange];
+
+ if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI)
+ {
+ /* MSI used as system clock source */
+ sysclockfreq = msirange;
+ }
+ }
+ else if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI)
+ {
+ /* HSI used as system clock source */
+ sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ else if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE)
+ {
+ /* HSE used as system clock source */
+ sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* unexpected case: sysclockfreq at 0 */
+ }
+
+ if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+ {
+ /* PLL used as system clock source */
+
+ /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE or MSI_VALUE) * PLLN / PLLM
+ SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR
+ */
+ pllsource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
+
+ switch (pllsource)
+ {
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+ pllvco = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+ pllvco = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI: /* MSI used as PLL clock source */
+ default:
+ pllvco = msirange;
+ break;
+ }
+ pllm = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U ;
+ pllvco = (pllvco * (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) / pllm;
+ pllr = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U ) * 2U;
+ sysclockfreq = pllvco / pllr;
+ }
+
+ return sysclockfreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the HCLK frequency.
+ * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+ * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ *
+ * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency.
+ * @retval HCLK frequency in Hz
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void)
+{
+ return SystemCoreClock;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the PCLK1 frequency.
+ * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the
+ * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ * @retval PCLK1 frequency in Hz
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void)
+{
+ /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/
+ return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> (APBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_Pos] & 0x1FU));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the PCLK2 frequency.
+ * @note Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the
+ * right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ * @retval PCLK2 frequency in Hz
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void)
+{
+ /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/
+ return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> (APBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_Pos] & 0x1FU));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal
+ * RCC configuration registers.
+ * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+ * will be configured.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != (void *)NULL);
+
+ /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI | \
+ RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48;
+#else
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI | \
+ RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS;
+ }
+ else if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the MSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSION) == RCC_CR_MSION)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState = RCC_MSI_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState = RCC_MSI_OFF;
+ }
+
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue = READ_BIT(RCC->ICSCR, RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM) >> RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM_Pos;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE);
+
+ /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF;
+ }
+
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = READ_BIT(RCC->ICSCR, RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM) >> RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM_Pos;
+
+ /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+ if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) == RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS_RTC_ONLY;
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS;
+ }
+ }
+ else if(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+ if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) == RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON_RTC_ONLY;
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF;
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+
+ /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if((RCC->CSR & RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) == RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv = RCC_LSI_DIV128;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv = RCC_LSI_DIV1;
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ /* Get the HSI48 configuration ---------------------------------------------*/
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48ON) == RCC_CRRCR_HSI48ON)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_OFF;
+ }
+#else
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_OFF;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF;
+ }
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U);
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR = (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U) << 1U);
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos;
+#else
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV17;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV7;
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal
+ * RCC configuration registers.
+ * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that
+ * will be configured.
+ * @param pFLatency Pointer on the Flash Latency.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != (void *)NULL);
+ assert_param(pFLatency != (void *)NULL);
+
+ /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2;
+
+ /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW);
+
+ /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE);
+
+ /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1);
+
+ /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3U);
+
+ /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/
+ *pFLatency = __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Clock Security System.
+ * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator
+ * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the
+ * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI),
+ * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to
+ * the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
+ * @note The Clock Security System can only be cleared by reset.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON) ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the RCC Clock Security System interrupt request.
+ * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler().
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ /* Check RCC CSSF interrupt flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS))
+ {
+ /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_RCC_CSSCallback();
+
+ /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with MSI range and current
+ voltage range.
+ * @param msirange MSI range value from RCC_MSIRANGE_0 to RCC_MSIRANGE_11
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(uint32_t msirange)
+{
+ uint32_t vos;
+ uint32_t latency = FLASH_LATENCY_0; /* default value 0WS */
+
+ if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_ENABLED())
+ {
+ vos = HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+ vos = HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange();
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+ }
+
+ if(vos == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
+ {
+ if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_8)
+ {
+ /* MSI > 16Mhz */
+ if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_10)
+ {
+ /* MSI 48Mhz */
+ latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* MSI 24Mhz or 32Mhz */
+ latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* else MSI <= 16Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ if(msirange >= RCC_MSIRANGE_8)
+ {
+ /* MSI >= 16Mhz */
+ latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_7)
+ {
+ /* MSI 8Mhz */
+ latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */
+ }
+ /* else MSI < 8Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+ }
+#else
+ if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_8)
+ {
+ /* MSI > 16Mhz */
+ latency = FLASH_LATENCY_3; /* 3WS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_8)
+ {
+ /* MSI 16Mhz */
+ latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */
+ }
+ else if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_7)
+ {
+ /* MSI 8Mhz */
+ latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */
+ }
+ /* else MSI < 8Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(latency);
+
+ /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+ memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != latency)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+/**
+ * @brief Compute SYSCLK frequency based on PLL SYSCLK source.
+ * @retval SYSCLK frequency
+ */
+static uint32_t RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource(void)
+{
+ uint32_t msirange = 0U;
+ uint32_t pllvco, pllsource, pllr, pllm, sysclockfreq; /* no init needed */
+
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI)
+ {
+ /* Get MSI range source */
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRGSEL) == 0U)
+ { /* MSISRANGE from RCC_CSR applies */
+ msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE) >> RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE_Pos;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* MSIRANGE from RCC_CR applies */
+ msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE) >> RCC_CR_MSIRANGE_Pos;
+ }
+ /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+ msirange = MSIRangeTable[msirange];
+ }
+
+ /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE or MSI_VALUE) * PLLN / PLLM
+ SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR
+ */
+ pllsource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
+
+ switch (pllsource)
+ {
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+ pllvco = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+ pllvco = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI: /* MSI used as PLL clock source */
+ default:
+ pllvco = msirange;
+ break;
+ }
+ pllm = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U ;
+ pllvco = (pllvco * (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) / pllm;
+ pllr = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U ) * 2U;
+ sysclockfreq = pllvco / pllr;
+
+ return sysclockfreq;
+}
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dc8462d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,3538 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities RCC extended peripheral:
+ * + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Extended Clock management functions
+ * + Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
+ * @brief RCC Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+
+#define DIVIDER_P_UPDATE 0U
+#define DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE 1U
+#define DIVIDER_R_UPDATE 2U
+
+#define __LSCO_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE()
+#define LSCO_GPIO_PORT GPIOA
+#define LSCO_PIN GPIO_PIN_2
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Functions RCCEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef *PllSai1, uint32_t Divider);
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef *PllSai2, uint32_t Divider);
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(SAI1)
+
+static uint32_t RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk, uint32_t InputFrequency);
+
+#endif /* SAI1 */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
+ frequencies.
+ [..]
+ (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
+ select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
+ order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
+ the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified
+ * parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+ * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains a field PeriphClockSelection which can be a combination of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock
+ @if STM32L462xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 I2C1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 I2C2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 I2C3 peripheral clock
+ @if STM32L462xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4S9xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 LPTIM1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 LPTIM2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 LPUART1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG RNG peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 SAI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI1)
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4S9xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 SDMMC1 peripheral clock
+ @if STM32L443xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 USART1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART1 peripheral clock
+ @if STM32L462xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4S9xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral kernel clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO DFSDM1 peripheral audio clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC LTDC peripheral clock (only for devices with LTDC)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI DSI peripheral clock (only for devices with DSI)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI OctoSPI peripheral clock (only for devices with OctoSPI)
+ @endif
+ *
+ * @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select
+ * the RTC clock source: in this case the access to Backup domain is enabled.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpregister, tickstart; /* no init needed */
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; /* Intermediate status */
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; /* Final status */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+
+#if defined(SAI1)
+
+ /*-------------------------- SAI1 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+ if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1))
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI1CLK(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection));
+
+ switch(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection)
+ {
+ case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL is used as clock source for SAI1*/
+ /* Enable SAI Clock output generated form System PLL . */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK);
+#else
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+ /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+ break;
+
+ case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1: /* PLLSAI1 is used as clock source for SAI1*/
+ /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE);
+ /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+ break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+ case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2: /* PLLSAI2 is used as clock source for SAI1*/
+ /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE);
+ /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+ break;
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+ case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PIN: /* External clock is used as source of SAI1 clock*/
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI is used as source of SAI1 clock*/
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+ /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if(ret == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set the source of SAI1 clock*/
+ __HAL_RCC_SAI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* SAI1 */
+
+#if defined(SAI2)
+
+ /*-------------------------- SAI2 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+ if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2))
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI2CLK(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection));
+
+ switch(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection)
+ {
+ case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL is used as clock source for SAI2*/
+ /* Enable SAI Clock output generated form System PLL . */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK);
+ /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+ break;
+
+ case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1: /* PLLSAI1 is used as clock source for SAI2*/
+ /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE);
+ /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+ break;
+
+ case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2: /* PLLSAI2 is used as clock source for SAI2*/
+ /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE);
+ /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+ break;
+
+ case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PIN: /* External clock is used as source of SAI2 clock*/
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI is used as source of SAI2 clock*/
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+ /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if(ret == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set the source of SAI2 clock*/
+ __HAL_RCC_SAI2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SAI2 */
+
+ /*-------------------------- RTC clock source configuration ----------------------*/
+ if((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)
+ {
+ FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+ /* Check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection));
+
+ /* Enable Power Clock */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED() != 0U)
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+ pwrclkchanged = SET;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+
+ /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ ret = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(ret == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from default */
+ tmpregister = READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL);
+
+ if((tmpregister != RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NONE) && (tmpregister != PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection))
+ {
+ /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+ tmpregister = READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+ /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+ __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+ __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+ /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
+ RCC->BDCR = tmpregister;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for LSE reactivation if LSE was enable prior to Backup Domain reset */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpregister, RCC_BDCR_LSEON))
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ ret = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(ret == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Apply new RTC clock source selection */
+ __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+
+ /* Restore clock configuration if changed */
+ if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the USART1 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART2 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the USART2 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#if defined(USART3)
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART3 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the USART3 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#endif /* USART3 */
+
+#if defined(UART4)
+
+ /*-------------------------- UART4 clock source configuration --------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the UART4 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_UART4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#endif /* UART4 */
+
+#if defined(UART5)
+
+ /*-------------------------- UART5 clock source configuration --------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the UART5 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_UART5_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#endif /* UART5 */
+
+ /*-------------------------- LPUART1 clock source configuration ------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the LPUAR1 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- LPTIM1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM1CLK(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection));
+ __HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- LPTIM2 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM2CLK(PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection));
+ __HAL_RCC_LPTIM2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- I2C1 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#if defined(I2C2)
+
+ /*-------------------------- I2C2 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the I2C2 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_I2C2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+
+ /*-------------------------- I2C3 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the I2C3 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_I2C3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#if defined(I2C4)
+
+ /*-------------------------- I2C4 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the I2C4 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_I2C4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#endif /* I2C4 */
+
+#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB)
+
+ /*-------------------------- USB clock source configuration ----------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection));
+ __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection);
+
+ if(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL)
+ {
+ /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+ if(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+ {
+ /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE);
+
+ if(ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */
+
+#if defined(SDMMC1)
+
+ /*-------------------------- SDMMC1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection));
+ __HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection);
+
+ if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLL) /* PLL "Q" ? */
+ {
+ /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)
+ else if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLLP) /* PLL "P" ? */
+ {
+ /* Enable PLLSAI3CLK output */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK);
+ }
+#endif
+ else if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+ {
+ /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE);
+
+ if(ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* SDMMC1 */
+
+ /*-------------------------- RNG clock source configuration ----------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection));
+ __HAL_RCC_RNG_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection);
+
+ if(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection == RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLL)
+ {
+ /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+ else if(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection == RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+ {
+ /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE);
+
+ if(ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- ADC clock source configuration ----------------------*/
+#if !defined(STM32L412xx) && !defined(STM32L422xx)
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the ADC interface clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection);
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+ if(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection == RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+ {
+ /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE);
+
+ if(ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx)
+
+ else if(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection == RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2)
+ {
+ /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE);
+
+ if(ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */
+
+ }
+#endif /* !STM32L412xx && !STM32L422xx */
+
+#if defined(SWPMI1)
+
+ /*-------------------------- SWPMI1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the SWPMI1 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_SWPMI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#endif /* SWPMI1 */
+
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0)
+
+ /*-------------------------- DFSDM1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the DFSDM1 interface clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ /*-------------------------- DFSDM1 audio clock source configuration -------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the DFSDM1 interface audio clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_DFSDM1AUDIO_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */
+
+#if defined(LTDC)
+
+ /*-------------------------- LTDC clock source configuration --------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LTDCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection));
+
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ ret = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(ret == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure the LTDC clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_LTDC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection);
+
+ /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE);
+ }
+
+ if(ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* LTDC */
+
+#if defined(DSI)
+
+ /*-------------------------- DSI clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_DSICLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the DSI clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_DSI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection);
+
+ if(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection == RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2)
+ {
+ /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+ ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE);
+
+ if(ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* set overall return value */
+ status = ret;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* DSI */
+
+#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2)
+
+ /*-------------------------- OctoSPIx clock source configuration ----------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the OctoSPI clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_OSPI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection);
+
+ if(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection == RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_PLL)
+ {
+ /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal RCC configuration registers.
+ * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+ * returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals
+ * clocks(SAI1, SAI2, LPTIM1, LPTIM2, I2C1, I2C2, I2C3, I2C4, LPUART,
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4, UART5, RTC, ADCx, DFSDMx, SWPMI1, USB, SDMMC1 and RNG).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+ /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+
+#if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L431xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L432xx) || defined(STM32L442xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L433xx) || defined(STM32L443xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L451xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L452xx) || defined(STM32L462xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L471xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+ RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI;
+
+#endif /* STM32L431xx */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+ /* Get the PLLSAI1 Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Source = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U;
+#else
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1N = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1P = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos) << 4U) + 7U;
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Q = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) * 2U;
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1R = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) + 1U) * 2U;
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+ /* Get the PLLSAI2 Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2Source = PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Source;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U;
+#else
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2M = PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2N = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos;
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2P = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos) << 4U) + 7U;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2Q = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos) + 1U) * 2U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+ PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2R = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R)>> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) + 1U) * 2U;
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Get the USART1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
+ /* Get the USART2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(USART3)
+ /* Get the USART3 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
+#endif /* USART3 */
+
+#if defined(UART4)
+ /* Get the UART4 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE();
+#endif /* UART4 */
+
+#if defined(UART5)
+ /* Get the UART5 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE();
+#endif /* UART5 */
+
+ /* Get the LPUART1 clock source --------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Get the I2C1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(I2C2)
+ /* Get the I2C2 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE();
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+
+ /* Get the I2C3 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(I2C4)
+ /* Get the I2C4 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C4_SOURCE();
+#endif /* I2C4 */
+
+ /* Get the LPTIM1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Get the LPTIM2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM2_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(SAI1)
+ /* Get the SAI1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE();
+#endif /* SAI1 */
+
+#if defined(SAI2)
+ /* Get the SAI2 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE();
+#endif /* SAI2 */
+
+ /* Get the RTC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB)
+ /* Get the USB clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
+#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */
+
+#if defined(SDMMC1)
+ /* Get the SDMMC1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SDMMC1_SOURCE();
+#endif /* SDMMC1 */
+
+ /* Get the RNG clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_RNG_SOURCE();
+
+#if !defined(STM32L412xx) && !defined(STM32L422xx)
+ /* Get the ADC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE();
+#endif /* !STM32L412xx && !STM32L422xx */
+
+#if defined(SWPMI1)
+ /* Get the SWPMI1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SWPMI1_SOURCE();
+#endif /* SWPMI1 */
+
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0)
+ /* Get the DFSDM1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ /* Get the DFSDM1 audio clock source ---------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1AUDIO_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */
+
+#if defined(LTDC)
+ /* Get the LTDC clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LTDC_SOURCE();
+#endif /* LTDC */
+
+#if defined(DSI)
+ /* Get the DSI clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_DSI_SOURCE();
+#endif /* DSI */
+
+#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2)
+ /* Get the OctoSPIclock source --------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_OSPI_SOURCE();
+#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the peripheral clock frequency for peripherals with clock source from PLLSAIs
+ * @note Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API
+ * @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock
+ @if STM32L462xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM)
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 I2C1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 I2C2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 I2C3 peripheral clock
+ @if STM32L462xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4S9xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 LPTIM1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 LPTIM2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 LPUART1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG RNG peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 SAI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI1)
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4S9xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 SDMMC1 peripheral clock
+ @if STM32L443xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 USART1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART1 peripheral clock
+ @if STM32L462xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 UART5 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4A6xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 UART5 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L4S9xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral kernel clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO DFSDM1 peripheral audio clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC LTDC peripheral clock (only for devices with LTDC)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI DSI peripheral clock (only for devices with DSI)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI OctoSPI peripheral clock (only for devices with OctoSPI)
+ @endif
+ * @retval Frequency in Hz
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
+{
+ uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+ uint32_t srcclk, pll_oscsource, pllvco, plln; /* no init needed */
+#if defined(SDMMC1) && defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)
+ uint32_t pllp; /* no init needed */
+#endif
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk));
+
+ if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)
+ {
+ /* Get the current RTC source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ /* Check if LSE is ready */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI:
+ /* Check if LSI is ready */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV))
+ {
+ frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U;
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+ {
+ frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32:
+ /* Check if HSE is ready */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSE_VALUE / 32U;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Other external peripheral clock source than RTC */
+ pll_oscsource = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE();
+
+ /* Compute PLL clock input */
+ switch(pll_oscsource)
+ {
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI: /* MSI ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+ {
+ /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+ pllvco = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllvco = 0U;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ pllvco = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllvco = 0U;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+ {
+ pllvco = HSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllvco = 0U;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No source */
+ pllvco = 0U;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch(PeriphClk)
+ {
+#if defined(SAI1)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1:
+ frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1, pllvco);
+ break;
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SAI2)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2:
+ frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2, pllvco);
+ break;
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB:
+
+#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG:
+
+#if defined(SDMMC1) && !defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1:
+
+#endif /* SDMMC1 && !RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL */
+ {
+ srcclk = READ_BIT(RCC->CCIPR, RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL);
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL: /* MSI ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+ {
+ /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+ frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_1: /* PLL ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN))
+ {
+ /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+ /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */
+ frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+ case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_0: /* PLLSAI1 ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN))
+ {
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */
+ /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+ /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLM */
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+ /* f(PLL48M2CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1Q */
+ frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ case 0U:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY)) /* HSI48 ? */
+ {
+ frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ } /* switch(srcclk) */
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined(SDMMC1) && defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1:
+
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CCIPR2, RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)) /* PLL "P" ? */
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPEN))
+ {
+ /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+ /* f(PLLSAI3CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLP */
+ pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos;
+ if(pllp == 0U)
+ {
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U)
+ {
+ pllp = 17U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllp = 7U;
+ }
+ }
+ frequency = (pllvco / pllp);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else /* 48MHz from PLL "Q" or MSI or PLLSAI1Q or HSI48 */
+ {
+ srcclk = READ_BIT(RCC->CCIPR, RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL);
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL: /* MSI ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+ {
+ /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+ frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_1: /* PLL "Q" ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN))
+ {
+ /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+ /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */
+ frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_0: /* PLLSAI1 ? */
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN))
+ {
+ /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+ /* f(PLL48M2CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1Q */
+ frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case 0U:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY)) /* HSI48 ? */
+ {
+ frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ } /* switch(srcclk) */
+ }
+ break;
+
+#endif /* SDMMC1 && RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL */
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1:
+ {
+ /* Get the current USART1 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2:
+ {
+ /* Get the current USART2 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined(USART3)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3:
+ {
+ /* Get the current USART3 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif /* USART3 */
+
+#if defined(UART4)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4:
+ {
+ /* Get the current UART4 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif /* UART4 */
+
+#if defined(UART5)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5:
+ {
+ /* Get the current UART5 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif /* UART5 */
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1:
+ {
+ /* Get the current LPUART1 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC:
+ {
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+ case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1:
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_ADC1CLK) != 0U)
+ {
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */
+ /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+ /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLM */
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+ /* f(PLLADC1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1R */
+ frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx)
+ case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2:
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI2_ADC2CLK) != 0U)
+ {
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* PLLSAI2M exists: apply PLLSAI2M divider for PLLSAI2 output computation */
+ /* f(PLLSAI2 Source) * PLLSAI2N / PLLSAI2M */
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+ /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI2N / PLLM */
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+ /* f(PLLADC2CLK) = f(VCOSAI2 input) / PLLSAI2R */
+ frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1:
+ {
+ /* Get the current DFSDM1 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1_SOURCE();
+
+ if(srcclk == RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2)
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO:
+ {
+ /* Get the current DFSDM1 audio source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1AUDIO_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_SAI1:
+ frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1, pllvco);
+ break;
+ case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_MSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+ {
+ /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+ frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1:
+ {
+ /* Get the current I2C1 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined(I2C2)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2:
+ {
+ /* Get the current I2C2 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3:
+ {
+ /* Get the current I2C3 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined(I2C4)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4:
+ {
+ /* Get the current I2C4 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C4_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif /* I2C4 */
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1:
+ {
+ /* Get the current LPTIM1 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV))
+ {
+ frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U;
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+ {
+ frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2:
+ {
+ /* Get the current LPTIM2 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM2_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_LSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV))
+ {
+ frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U;
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+ {
+ frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined(SWPMI1)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1:
+ {
+ /* Get the current SWPMI1 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SWPMI1_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif /* SWPMI1 */
+
+#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2)
+
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI:
+ {
+ /* Get the current OctoSPI clock source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_OSPI_SOURCE();
+
+ switch(srcclk)
+ {
+ case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ break;
+ case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_MSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+ {
+ /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+ frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_PLL:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN))
+ {
+ /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+ pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+ /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */
+ frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(frequency);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Clock management functions
+ * @brief Extended Clock management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended clock management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the
+ activation or deactivation of MSI PLL-mode, PLLSAI1, PLLSAI2, LSE CSS,
+ Low speed clock output and clock after wake-up from STOP mode.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable PLLSAI1.
+ * @param PLLSAI1Init pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the PLLSAI1
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI1(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef *PLLSAI1Init)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* check for PLLSAI1 Parameters used to output PLLSAI1CLK */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1SOURCE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Source));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1M_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1M));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1N_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1P_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1Q_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1R_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1ClockOut));
+
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready to be updated */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Multiplication factor N */
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factors M, P, Q and R */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_CONFIG(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1M, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R);
+#else
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Multiplication factor N */
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factors P, Q and R */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_CONFIG(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Clock output(s) */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_ENABLE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1ClockOut);
+
+ /* Enable the PLLSAI1 again by setting PLLSAI1ON to 1*/
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable PLLSAI1.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI1(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI1 Clock outputs */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PEN|RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN|RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1REN);
+
+ /* Reset PLL source to save power if no PLLs on */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY)) == 0U)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+ }
+#else
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable PLLSAI2.
+ * @param PLLSAI2Init pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the PLLSAI2
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI2(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef *PLLSAI2Init)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* check for PLLSAI2 Parameters used to output PLLSAI2CLK */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2SOURCE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Source));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2M_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2N_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2P_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2Q_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2R_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2ClockOut));
+
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready to be updated */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) && defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors M, P, Q and R */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R);
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors M, P and R */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R);
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors P, Q and R */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R);
+#else
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors P and R */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT && RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Clock output(s) */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_ENABLE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2ClockOut);
+
+ /* Enable the PLLSAI2 again by setting PLLSAI2ON to 1*/
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable PLLISAI2.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI2(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI2 Clock outputs */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2QEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2REN);
+#else
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2REN);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT && RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Reset PLL source to save power if no PLLs on */
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY)) == 0U)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the oscillator clock source for wakeup from Stop and CSS backup clock.
+ * @param WakeUpClk Wakeup clock
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_MSI MSI oscillator selection
+ * @arg @ref RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_HSI HSI oscillator selection
+ * @note This function shall not be called after the Clock Security System on HSE has been
+ * enabled.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_WakeUpStopCLKConfig(uint32_t WakeUpClk)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK(WakeUpClk));
+
+ __HAL_RCC_WAKEUPSTOP_CLK_CONFIG(WakeUpClk);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the MSI range after standby mode.
+ * @note After Standby its frequency can be selected between 4 possible values (1, 2, 4 or 8 MHz).
+ * @param MSIRange MSI range
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_4 Range 4 around 1 MHz
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_5 Range 5 around 2 MHz
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_6 Range 6 around 4 MHz (reset value)
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_7 Range 7 around 8 MHz
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_StandbyMSIRangeConfig(uint32_t MSIRange)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_STANDBY_CLOCK_RANGE(MSIRange));
+
+ __HAL_RCC_MSI_STANDBY_RANGE_CONFIG(MSIRange);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the LSE Clock Security System.
+ * @note Prior to enable the LSE Clock Security System, LSE oscillator is to be enabled
+ * with HAL_RCC_OscConfig() and the LSE oscillator clock is to be selected as RTC
+ * clock with HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig().
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON) ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the LSE Clock Security System.
+ * @note LSE Clock Security System can only be disabled after a LSE failure detection.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON) ;
+
+ /* Disable LSE CSS IT if any */
+ __HAL_RCC_DISABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the LSE Clock Security System Interrupt & corresponding EXTI line.
+ * @note LSE Clock Security System Interrupt is mapped on RTC EXTI line 19
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT(void)
+{
+ /* Enable LSE CSS */
+ SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON) ;
+
+ /* Enable LSE CSS IT */
+ __HAL_RCC_ENABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+
+ /* Enable IT on EXTI Line 19 */
+ __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ /* Check RCC LSE CSSF flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS))
+ {
+ /* RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback();
+
+ /* Clear RCC LSE CSS pending bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx LSE Clock Security System interrupt callback.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Select the Low Speed clock source to output on LSCO pin (PA2).
+ * @param LSCOSource specifies the Low Speed clock source to output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_LSCOSOURCE_LSI LSI clock selected as LSCO source
+ * @arg @ref RCC_LSCOSOURCE_LSE LSE clock selected as LSCO source
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSCO(uint32_t LSCOSource)
+{
+ GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct;
+ FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+ FlagStatus backupchanged = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSCOSOURCE(LSCOSource));
+
+ /* LSCO Pin Clock Enable */
+ __LSCO_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Configue the LSCO pin in analog mode */
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = LSCO_PIN;
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH;
+ GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+ HAL_GPIO_Init(LSCO_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+ /* Update LSCOSEL clock source in Backup Domain control register */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+ pwrclkchanged = SET;
+ }
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP))
+ {
+ HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess();
+ backupchanged = SET;
+ }
+
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSCOSEL | RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN, LSCOSource | RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN);
+
+ if(backupchanged == SET)
+ {
+ HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess();
+ }
+ if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Low Speed clock output.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSCO(void)
+{
+ FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+ FlagStatus backupchanged = RESET;
+
+ /* Update LSCOEN bit in Backup Domain control register */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+ pwrclkchanged = SET;
+ }
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP))
+ {
+ /* Enable access to the backup domain */
+ HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess();
+ backupchanged = SET;
+ }
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN);
+
+ /* Restore previous configuration */
+ if(backupchanged == SET)
+ {
+ /* Disable access to the backup domain */
+ HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess();
+ }
+ if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the PLL-mode of the MSI.
+ * @note Prior to enable the PLL-mode of the MSI for automatic hardware
+ * calibration LSE oscillator is to be enabled with HAL_RCC_OscConfig().
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableMSIPLLMode(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIPLLEN) ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the PLL-mode of the MSI.
+ * @note PLL-mode of the MSI is automatically reset when LSE oscillator is disabled.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_DisableMSIPLLMode(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIPLLEN) ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined(CRS)
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ For devices with Clock Recovery System feature (CRS), RCC Extention HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) In System clock config, HSI48 needs to be enabled
+
+ (#) Enable CRS clock in IP MSP init which will use CRS functions
+
+ (#) Call CRS functions as follows:
+ (##) Prepare synchronization configuration necessary for HSI48 calibration
+ (+++) Default values can be set for frequency Error Measurement (reload and error limit)
+ and also HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming.
+ (+++) Macro __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_CALCULATE can be also used to calculate
+ directly reload value with target and sychronization frequencies values
+ (##) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig which
+ (+++) Resets CRS registers to their default values.
+ (+++) Configures CRS registers with synchronization configuration
+ (+++) Enables automatic calibration and frequency error counter feature
+ Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the
+ periodic USB SOF will not be generated by the host. No SYNC signal will therefore be
+ provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 on the run. To guarantee the required clock
+ precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs
+ should be used as SYNC signal.
+
+ (##) A polling function is provided to wait for complete synchronization
+ (+++) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization()
+ (+++) According to CRS status, user can decide to adjust again the calibration or continue
+ application if synchronization is OK
+
+ (#) User can retrieve information related to synchronization in calling function
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo()
+
+ (#) Regarding synchronization status and synchronization information, user can try a new calibration
+ in changing synchronization configuration and call again HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig.
+ Note: When the SYNC event is detected during the downcounting phase (before reaching the zero value),
+ it means that the actual frequency is lower than the target (and so, that the TRIM value should be
+ incremented), while when it is detected during the upcounting phase it means that the actual frequency
+ is higher (and that the TRIM value should be decremented).
+
+ (#) In interrupt mode, user can resort to the available macros (__HAL_RCC_CRS_XXX_IT). Interrupts will go
+ through CRS Handler (CRS_IRQn/CRS_IRQHandler)
+ (++) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig()
+ (++) Enable CRS_IRQn (thanks to NVIC functions)
+ (++) Enable CRS interrupt (__HAL_RCC_CRS_ENABLE_IT)
+ (++) Implement CRS status management in the following user callbacks called from
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler():
+ (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback()
+ (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback()
+ (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback()
+ (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback()
+
+ (#) To force a SYNC EVENT, user can use the function HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate().
+ This function can be called before calling HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig (for instance in Systick handler)
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start automatic synchronization for polling mode
+ * @param pInit Pointer on RCC_CRSInitTypeDef structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit)
+{
+ uint32_t value; /* no init needed */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV(pInit->Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE(pInit->Source));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY(pInit->Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE(pInit->ReloadValue));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_ERRORLIMIT(pInit->ErrorLimitValue));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_HSI48CALIBRATION(pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue));
+
+ /* CONFIGURATION */
+
+ /* Before configuration, reset CRS registers to their default values*/
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ /* Set the SYNCDIV[2:0] bits according to Prescaler value */
+ /* Set the SYNCSRC[1:0] bits according to Source value */
+ /* Set the SYNCSPOL bit according to Polarity value */
+ value = (pInit->Prescaler | pInit->Source | pInit->Polarity);
+ /* Set the RELOAD[15:0] bits according to ReloadValue value */
+ value |= pInit->ReloadValue;
+ /* Set the FELIM[7:0] bits according to ErrorLimitValue value */
+ value |= (pInit->ErrorLimitValue << CRS_CFGR_FELIM_Pos);
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->CFGR, value);
+
+ /* Adjust HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */
+ /* Set the TRIM[6:0] bits for STM32L412xx/L422xx or TRIM[5:0] bits otherwise
+ according to RCC_CRS_HSI48CalibrationValue value */
+ MODIFY_REG(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM, (pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue << CRS_CR_TRIM_Pos));
+
+ /* START AUTOMATIC SYNCHRONIZATION*/
+
+ /* Enable Automatic trimming & Frequency error counter */
+ SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_AUTOTRIMEN | CRS_CR_CEN);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generate the software synchronization event
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_SWSYNC);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return synchronization info
+ * @param pSynchroInfo Pointer on RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef *pSynchroInfo)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(pSynchroInfo != (void *)NULL);
+
+ /* Get the reload value */
+ pSynchroInfo->ReloadValue = (READ_BIT(CRS->CFGR, CRS_CFGR_RELOAD));
+
+ /* Get HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */
+ pSynchroInfo->HSI48CalibrationValue = (READ_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM) >> CRS_CR_TRIM_Pos);
+
+ /* Get Frequency error capture */
+ pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorCapture = (READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FECAP) >> CRS_ISR_FECAP_Pos);
+
+ /* Get Frequency error direction */
+ pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorDirection = (READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FEDIR));
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Wait for CRS Synchronization status.
+* @param Timeout Duration of the timeout
+* @note Timeout is based on the maximum time to receive a SYNC event based on synchronization
+* frequency.
+* @note If Timeout set to HAL_MAX_DELAY, HAL_TIMEOUT will be never returned.
+* @retval Combination of Synchronization status
+* This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCOK
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t crsstatus = RCC_CRS_NONE;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait for CRS flag or timeout detection */
+ do
+ {
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if(((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ crsstatus = RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC event OK */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCOK;
+
+ /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC warning */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN;
+
+ /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS TRIM overflow flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC Error */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF;
+
+ /* Clear CRS Error bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS Error flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC Error */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR;
+
+ /* Clear CRS Error bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS SYNC Missed flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC Missed */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS;
+
+ /* Clear CRS SYNC Missed bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC))
+ {
+ /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC);
+ }
+ } while(RCC_CRS_NONE == crsstatus);
+
+ return crsstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the Clock Recovery System interrupt request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ uint32_t crserror = RCC_CRS_NONE;
+ /* Get current IT flags and IT sources values */
+ uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(CRS->ISR);
+ uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(CRS->CR);
+
+ /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */
+ if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK flag */
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCOKC);
+
+ /* user callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback();
+ }
+ /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */
+ else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN flag */
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCWARNC);
+
+ /* user callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback();
+ }
+ /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */
+ else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ESYNCC);
+
+ /* user callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback();
+ }
+ /* Check CRS Error flags */
+ else
+ {
+ if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ERR) != 0U))
+ {
+ if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR) != 0U)
+ {
+ crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR;
+ }
+ if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS) != 0U)
+ {
+ crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS;
+ }
+ if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF) != 0U)
+ {
+ crserror |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear CRS Error flags */
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ERRC);
+
+ /* user error callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(crserror);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCOK interrupt callback.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCWARN interrupt callback.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Expected SYNC interrupt callback.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Error interrupt callback.
+ * @param Error Combination of Error status.
+ * This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
+ * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
+ * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(uint32_t Error)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(Error);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* CRS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCCEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the parameters N & P & optionally M of PLLSAI1 and enable PLLSAI1 output clock(s).
+ * @param PllSai1 pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration parameters N & P & optionally M as well as PLLSAI1 output clock(s)
+ * @param Divider divider parameter to be updated
+ *
+ * @note PLLSAI1 is temporary disable to apply new parameters
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef *PllSai1, uint32_t Divider)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* check for PLLSAI1 Parameters used to output PLLSAI1CLK */
+ /* P, Q and R dividers are verified in each specific divider case below */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1SOURCE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1M_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1M));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1N_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1N));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1ClockOut));
+
+ /* Check that PLLSAI1 clock source and divider M can be applied */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE)
+ {
+ /* PLL clock source and divider M already set, check that no request for change */
+ if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source)
+ ||
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source == RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE)
+#if !defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ ||
+ (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U) != PllSai1->PLLSAI1M)
+#endif
+ )
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check PLLSAI1 clock source availability */
+ switch(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source)
+ {
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* Set PLLSAI1 clock source */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source);
+#else
+ /* Set PLLSAI1 clock source and divider M */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM, PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source | (PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready to be updated */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if(Divider == DIVIDER_P_UPDATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1P_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1P));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, P and Multiplication factor N*/
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M,
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1P << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos));
+#else
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M,
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+
+#else
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor P and Multiplication factor N*/
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV,
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1P << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos));
+#else
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P,
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ }
+ else if(Divider == DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1Q_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, Q and Multiplication factor N*/
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M,
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+ (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos));
+#else
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor Q and Multiplication factor N*/
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q,
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+ (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1R_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1R));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, R and Multiplication factor N*/
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M,
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+ (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos));
+#else
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor R and Multiplication factor N*/
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R,
+ (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+ (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the PLLSAI1 again by setting PLLSAI1ON to 1*/
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Clock output(s) */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_ENABLE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1ClockOut);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the parameters N & P & optionally M of PLLSAI2 and enable PLLSAI2 output clock(s).
+ * @param PllSai2 pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration parameters N & P & optionally M as well as PLLSAI2 output clock(s)
+ * @param Divider divider parameter to be updated
+ *
+ * @note PLLSAI2 is temporary disable to apply new parameters
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef *PllSai2, uint32_t Divider)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* check for PLLSAI2 Parameters used to output PLLSAI2CLK */
+ /* P, Q and R dividers are verified in each specific divider case below */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2SOURCE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2M_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2M));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2N_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2N));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2ClockOut));
+
+ /* Check that PLLSAI2 clock source and divider M can be applied */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE)
+ {
+ /* PLL clock source and divider M already set, check that no request for change */
+ if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source)
+ ||
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source == RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE)
+#if !defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ ||
+ (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U) != PllSai2->PLLSAI2M)
+#endif
+ )
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check PLLSAI2 clock source availability */
+ switch(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source)
+ {
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* Set PLLSAI2 clock source */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source);
+#else
+ /* Set PLLSAI2 clock source and divider M */
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM, PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source | (PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready to be updated */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if(Divider == DIVIDER_P_UPDATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2P_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2P));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, P and Multiplication factor N*/
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M,
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2P << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos));
+#else
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M,
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+
+#else
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor P and Multiplication factor N*/
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV,
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2P << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos));
+#else
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P,
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+ else if(Divider == DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2Q_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, Q and Multiplication factor N*/
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M,
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+ (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos));
+#else
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor Q and Multiplication factor N*/
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q,
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+ (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2R_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2R));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, R and Multiplication factor N*/
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M,
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+ (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) |
+ ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos));
+#else
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor R and Multiplication factor N*/
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+ RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R,
+ (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+ (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the PLLSAI2 again by setting PLLSAI2ON to 1*/
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) == 0U)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Clock output(s) */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_ENABLE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2ClockOut);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(SAI1)
+
+static uint32_t RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk, uint32_t InputFrequency)
+{
+ uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+ uint32_t srcclk = 0U;
+ uint32_t pllvco, plln; /* no init needed */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+ uint32_t pllp = 0U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Handle SAIs */
+ if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1)
+ {
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE();
+ if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PIN)
+ {
+ frequency = EXTERNAL_SAI1_CLOCK_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Else, PLL clock output to check below */
+ }
+#if defined(SAI2)
+ else
+ {
+ if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2)
+ {
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE();
+ if(srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PIN)
+ {
+ frequency = EXTERNAL_SAI2_CLOCK_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Else, PLL clock output to check below */
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SAI2 */
+
+ if(frequency == 0U)
+ {
+ pllvco = InputFrequency;
+
+#if defined(SAI2)
+ if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLL))
+ {
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLCLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+ pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+ /* f(PLLSAI3CLK) = f(VCO input) * PLLN / PLLP */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+ if(pllp == 0U)
+ {
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U)
+ {
+ pllp = 17U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllp = 7U;
+ }
+ }
+ frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+ }
+ }
+ else if(srcclk == 0U) /* RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1 || RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1 */
+ {
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_SAI1CLK) != 0U)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */
+ /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) / PLLSAI1M */
+ pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+ /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+ pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+ /* f(PLLSAI1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1P */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+ if(pllp == 0U)
+ {
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) != 0U)
+ {
+ pllp = 17U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllp = 7U;
+ }
+ }
+ frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+ else if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_HSI) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_HSI))
+ {
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+
+#else
+ if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL)
+ {
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLCLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+ pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+ /* f(PLLSAI2CLK) = f(VCO input) * PLLN / PLLP */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+ if(pllp == 0U)
+ {
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U)
+ {
+ pllp = 17U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllp = 7U;
+ }
+ }
+ frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+ }
+ else if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ /* HSI automatically selected as clock source if PLLs not enabled */
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ }
+ }
+ else if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+ {
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_SAI1CLK) != 0U)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */
+ /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) / PLLSAI1M */
+ pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+ /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+ pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+ /* f(PLLSAI1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1P */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+ if(pllp == 0U)
+ {
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) != 0U)
+ {
+ pllp = 17U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllp = 7U;
+ }
+ }
+ frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+ }
+ else if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+ {
+ /* HSI automatically selected as clock source if PLLs not enabled */
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SAI2 */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+ else if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2))
+ {
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI2_SAI2CLK) != 0U)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+ /* PLLSAI2M exists: apply PLLSAI2M divider for PLLSAI2 output computation */
+ /* f(PLLSAI2 Source) / PLLSAI2M */
+ pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+ /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+ pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+ /* f(PLLSAI2CLK) = f(VCOSAI2 input) * PLLSAI2N / PLLSAI2P */
+ plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+ pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+ if(pllp == 0U)
+ {
+ if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P) != 0U)
+ {
+ pllp = 17U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pllp = 7U;
+ }
+ }
+ frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ return frequency;
+}
+
+#endif /* SAI1 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3be342ced --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,4273 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief SPI HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi;
+
+ (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit() API:
+ (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock
+ (##) SPI pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs
+ (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull
+ (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+ (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle
+ (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+ (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive Stream/Channel
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx clock
+ (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel
+ (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx(or _rx) handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel
+
+ (#) Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS
+ management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API:
+ (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+ by calling the customized HAL_SPI_MspInit() API.
+ [..]
+ Circular mode restriction:
+ (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes:
+ (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly
+ (##) Master 1Line Rx
+ (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled
+ (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs
+ the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks
+ [..]
+ Master Receive mode restriction:
+ (#) In Master unidirectional receive-only mode (MSTR =1, BIDIMODE=0, RXONLY=1) or
+ bidirectional receive mode (MSTR=1, BIDIMODE=1, BIDIOE=0), to ensure that the SPI
+ does not initiate a new transfer the following procedure has to be respected:
+ (##) HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+ (##) HAL_SPI_Init()
+ [..]
+ Callback registration:
+
+ (#) The compilation flag USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1U
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
+
+ Function HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : SPI Tx Completed callback
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : SPI Rx Completed callback
+ (+) TxRxCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Completed callback
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Tx Half Completed callback
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Rx Half Completed callback
+ (+) TxRxHalfCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback
+ (+) ErrorCallback : SPI Error callback
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : SPI Abort callback
+ (+) MspInitCallback : SPI Msp Init callback
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : SPI Msp DeInit callback
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+
+ (#) Use function HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : SPI Tx Completed callback
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : SPI Rx Completed callback
+ (+) TxRxCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Completed callback
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Tx Half Completed callback
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Rx Half Completed callback
+ (+) TxRxHalfCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback
+ (+) ErrorCallback : SPI Error callback
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : SPI Abort callback
+ (+) MspInitCallback : SPI Msp Init callback
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : SPI Msp DeInit callback
+
+ By default, after the HAL_SPI_Init() and when the state is HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples HAL_SPI_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_MasterRxCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_SPI_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_SPI_STATE_READY or HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+ or HAL_SPI_Init() function.
+
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_PPP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+ [..]
+ Using the HAL it is not possible to reach all supported SPI frequency with the different SPI Modes,
+ the following table resume the max SPI frequency reached with data size 8bits/16bits,
+ according to frequency of the APBx Peripheral Clock (fPCLK) used by the SPI instance.
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ Additional table :
+
+ DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT:
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | | | 2Lines Fullduplex | 2Lines RxOnly | 1Line |
+ | Process | Tranfert mode |---------------------|----------------------|----------------------|
+ | | | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | Master | Slave |
+ |==============================================================================================|
+ | T | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | / | Interrupt | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/16 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ | R |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | X | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+ | | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | R | Interrupt | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/4 |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | | DMA | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 |
+ |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+ | | Polling | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | T | Interrupt | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/4 | NA | NA | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 |
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT:
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | | | 2Lines Fullduplex | 2Lines RxOnly | 1Line |
+ | Process | Tranfert mode |---------------------|----------------------|----------------------|
+ | | | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | Master | Slave |
+ |==============================================================================================|
+ | T | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | / | Interrupt | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/16 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ | R |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | X | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+ | | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | R | Interrupt | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/4 |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | | DMA | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 |
+ |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+ | | Polling | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | T | Interrupt | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/4 | NA | NA | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 |
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ @note The max SPI frequency depend on SPI data size (4bits, 5bits,..., 8bits,...15bits, 16bits),
+ SPI mode(2 Lines fullduplex, 2 lines RxOnly, 1 line TX/RX) and Process mode (Polling, IT, DMA).
+ @note
+ (#) TX/RX processes are HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(), HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT() and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA()
+ (#) RX processes are HAL_SPI_Receive(), HAL_SPI_Receive_IT() and HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA()
+ (#) TX processes are HAL_SPI_Transmit(), HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT() and HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA()
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI SPI
+ * @brief SPI HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 100U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions SPI Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State,
+ uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State,
+ uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+ de-initialize the SPIx peripheral:
+
+ (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures
+ all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with
+ the selected configuration:
+ (++) Mode
+ (++) Direction
+ (++) Data Size
+ (++) Clock Polarity and Phase
+ (++) NSS Management
+ (++) BaudRate Prescaler
+ (++) FirstBit
+ (++) TIMode
+ (++) CRC Calculation
+ (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled
+ (++) CRC Length, used only with Data8 and Data16
+ (++) FIFO reception threshold
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+ of the selected SPIx peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SPI according to the specified parameters
+ * in the SPI_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ uint32_t frxth;
+
+ /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+ if (hspi == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_NSSP(hspi->Init.NSSPMode));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_TIMODE(hspi->Init.TIMode));
+ if (hspi->Init.TIMode == SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase));
+ }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(hspi->Init.CRCLength));
+ }
+#else
+ hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ /* Init the SPI Callback settings */
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxCpltCallback */
+ hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hspi->ErrorCallback = HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+
+ if (hspi->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ hspi->MspInitCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Align by default the rs fifo threshold on the data size */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_HF;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_QF;
+ }
+
+ /* CRC calculation is valid only for 16Bit and 8 Bit */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) && (hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT))
+ {
+ /* CRC must be disabled */
+ hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+ }
+
+ /* Align the CRC Length on the data size */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_DATASIZE)
+ {
+ /* CRC Length aligned on the data size : value set by default */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+ /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management,
+ Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */
+ WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1, (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction |
+ hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) |
+ hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Configure : CRC Length */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCL;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Configure : NSS management, TI Mode, NSS Pulse, Data size and Rx Fifo threshold */
+ WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2, (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16U) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode |
+ hspi->Init.NSSPMode | hspi->Init.DataSize) | frxth);
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/
+ /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CRCPR, hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD)
+ /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD */
+
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-Initialize the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+ if (hspi == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check SPI Instance parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ if (hspi->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SPI MSP.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_MspInit should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-Initialize the SPI MSP.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User SPI Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hspi Pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pSPI_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (HAL_SPI_STATE_READY == hspi->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hspi->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET == hspi->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an SPI Callback
+ * SPI callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hspi Pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (HAL_SPI_STATE_READY == hspi->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hspi->ErrorCallback = HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET == hspi->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI
+ data transfers.
+
+ [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode :
+
+ (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+ (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+ The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+ The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+ (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA)
+ exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ uint16_t initial_TxXferCount;
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ initial_TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+ while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Timeout management */
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+ {
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ /* write on the data register in packing mode */
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr ++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+ while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))
+ {
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ /* write on the data register in packing mode */
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Timeout management */
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+ {
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+error:
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be received
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES))
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+ return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi, pData, pData, Size, Timeout);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ /* this is done to handle the CRCNEXT before the latest data */
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Set the Rx Fifo threshold */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+
+ /* Configure communication direction: 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Transfer loop */
+ while (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check the RXNE flag */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))
+ {
+ /* read the received data */
+ (* (uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint8_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Timeout management */
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Transfer loop */
+ while (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check the RXNE flag */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Timeout management */
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Handle the CRC Transmission */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* freeze the CRC before the latest data */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+
+ /* Read the latest data */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* the latest data has not been received */
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+ }
+ /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ (*(uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait the CRC data */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT)
+ {
+ /* Read 16bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read 8bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+error :
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+ * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent and received
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint16_t initial_TxXferCount;
+ uint16_t initial_RxXferCount;
+ uint32_t tmp_mode;
+ HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ uint32_t spi_cr1;
+ uint32_t spi_cr2;
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Variable used to alternate Rx and Tx during transfer */
+ uint32_t txallowed = 1U;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Init temporary variables */
+ tmp_state = hspi->State;
+ tmp_mode = hspi->Init.Mode;
+ initial_TxXferCount = Size;
+ initial_RxXferCount = Size;
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ spi_cr1 = READ_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1);
+ spi_cr2 = READ_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2);
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \
+ ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+
+ /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Set the Rx Fifo threshold */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (initial_RxXferCount > 1U))
+ {
+ /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+ {
+ /* Check TXE flag */
+ if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (txallowed == 1U))
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */
+ txallowed = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if ((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+ {
+ /* Set NSS Soft to received correctly the CRC on slave mode with NSS pulse activated */
+ if ((READ_BIT(spi_cr1, SPI_CR1_MSTR) == 0U) && (READ_BIT(spi_cr2, SPI_CR2_NSSP) == SPI_CR2_NSSP))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SSM);
+ }
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ }
+
+ /* Check RXNE flag */
+ if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) && (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */
+ txallowed = 1U;
+ }
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+ {
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+ {
+ /* Check TXE flag */
+ if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (txallowed == 1U))
+ {
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */
+ txallowed = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if ((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+ {
+ /* Set NSS Soft to received correctly the CRC on slave mode with NSS pulse activated */
+ if ((READ_BIT(spi_cr1, SPI_CR1_MSTR) == 0U) && (READ_BIT(spi_cr2, SPI_CR2_NSSP) == SPI_CR2_NSSP))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SSM);
+ }
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset */
+ if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) && (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+ {
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount -= 2U;
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount <= 1U)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold before to switch on 8 bit data size */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (*(uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */
+ txallowed = 1U;
+ }
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY))) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ /* Read CRC */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT)
+ {
+ /* Read 16bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read 8bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ /* Clear CRC Flag */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+ }
+
+error :
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Set the function for IT treatment */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+error :
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+ return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi, pData, pData, Size);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Check the data size to adapt Rx threshold and the set the function for IT treatment */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 1U;
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 2U;
+ }
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 0U;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+error :
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+ * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent and received
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp_mode;
+ HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init temporary variables */
+ tmp_state = hspi->State;
+ tmp_mode = hspi->Init.Mode;
+
+ if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \
+ ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Set the function for IT treatment */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT;
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT;
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 1U;
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 2U;
+ }
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 0U;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check if packing mode is enabled and if there is more than 2 data to receive */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size >= 2U))
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+error :
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check tx dma handle */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ /* Packing mode is enabled only if the DMA setting is HALWORD */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD))
+ {
+ /* Check the even/odd of the data size + crc if enabled */
+ if ((hspi->TxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+error :
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @note In case of MASTER mode and SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES direction, hdmatx shall be defined.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1.
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check rx dma handle */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmarx));
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Check tx dma handle */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+ /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+ return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi, pData, pData, Size);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+ if (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+ if ((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+error:
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+ * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+ * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,
+ uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp_mode;
+ HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check rx & tx dma handles */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmarx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init temporary variables */
+ tmp_state = hspi->State;
+ tmp_mode = hspi->Init.Mode;
+
+ if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) ||
+ ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Reset the threshold bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX | SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+
+ /* The packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings according the spi data size */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+ if (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ if ((hspi->TxXferSize & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ hspi->TxXferCount = hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+ if ((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if we are in Rx only or in Rx/Tx Mode and configure the DMA transfer complete callback */
+ if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI Tx/Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt;
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing
+ is performed in DMA reception complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+ /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+error :
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param hspi SPI handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx),
+ * started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode;
+ __IO uint32_t count, resetcount;
+
+ /* Initialized local variable */
+ errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ resetcount = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+ count = resetcount;
+
+ /* Clear ERRIE interrupt to avoid error interrupts generation during Abort procedure */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE);
+
+ /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE))
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR;
+ /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ }
+ while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+ /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+ count = resetcount;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR;
+ /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ }
+ while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+ /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+ count = resetcount;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN));
+
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN));
+ }
+ }
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Check error during Abort procedure */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* return HAL_Error in case of error during Abort procedure */
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+ /* Restore hspi->state to ready */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param hspi SPI handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx),
+ * started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode;
+ uint32_t abortcplt ;
+ __IO uint32_t count, resetcount;
+
+ /* Initialized local variable */
+ errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ abortcplt = 1U;
+ resetcount = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+ count = resetcount;
+
+ /* Clear ERRIE interrupt to avoid error interrupts generation during Abort procedure */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE);
+
+ /* Change Rx and Tx Irq Handler to Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE interrupts */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE))
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR;
+ /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ }
+ while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+ /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+ count = resetcount;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR;
+ /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ }
+ while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+ /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+ count = resetcount;
+ }
+
+ /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to SPI Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+ before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+ /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+ {
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMATxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+ {
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMARxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (abortcplt == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Check error during Abort procedure */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* return HAL_Error in case of error during Abort procedure */
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+ /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+ to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback():
+ when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
+ and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback()
+ */
+
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SPI interrupt request.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ uint32_t itsource = hspi->Instance->CR2;
+ uint32_t itflag = hspi->Instance->SR;
+
+ /* SPI in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) == RESET) &&
+ (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR(hspi);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* SPI in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_TXE) != RESET))
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR(hspi);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* SPI in Error Treatment --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET) || (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) || (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET)) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_ERR) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+ if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/
+ if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* SPI Frame error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+ if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA requests if enabled */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) || (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN));
+
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError;
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError;
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx and Rx Half Transfer callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SPI error callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+ /* NOTE : The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes
+ and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SPI Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param hspi SPI handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief SPI control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI.
+ (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral
+ (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the SPI handle state.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval SPI state
+ */
+HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Return SPI handle state */
+ return hspi->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the SPI error code.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval SPI error code in bitmap format
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Return SPI ErrorCode */
+ return hspi->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions
+ * @brief Private functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* DMA Normal Mode */
+ if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+ /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received data is not read */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+ {
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Call user Tx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* DMA Normal Mode */
+ if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* CRC handling */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ }
+ /* Read CRC */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Read 16bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read 8bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ }
+ /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request (done by default to handle the case master rx direction 2 lines) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+ }
+
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* DMA Normal Mode */
+ if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* CRC handling */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT))
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_QUARTER_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT,
+ tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ }
+ /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_HALF_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ }
+ /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Call user TxRx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Call user Tx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI half receive process complete callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Call user Rx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI half transmit receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Call user TxRx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Stop the disable DMA transfer on SPI side */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA Stream/Channel are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Check no error during Abort procedure */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+ /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA Stream/Channel are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Check no error during Abort procedure */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+ /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Receive data in packing mode */
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount -= 2U;
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ *hspi->pRxBuffPtr = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Check end of the reception */
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+ * @brief Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Regsiter */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ hspi->CRCSize--;
+
+ /* Check end of the reception */
+ if (hspi->CRCSize == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Transmit data in packing Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount >= 2U)
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the end of the transmission */
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set CRC Next Bit to send CRC */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the CRC 16-bit receive for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Read 16bit CRC to flush Data Regsiter */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
+
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set CRC Next Bit to send CRC */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the CRC 8-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ hspi->CRCSize--;
+
+ if (hspi->CRCSize == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the receive 8-bit in Interrupt context.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ *hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if ((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the CRC 16-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Read 16bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the 16-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if ((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the data 8-bit transmit in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the data 16-bit transmit in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SPI Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param Flag SPI flag to check
+ * @param State flag state to check
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State,
+ uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, Flag) ? SET : RESET) != State)
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) >= Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
+ on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
+ and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
+
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+ {
+ /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SPI FIFO Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param Fifo Fifo to check
+ * @param State Fifo state to check
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State,
+ uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while ((hspi->Instance->SR & Fifo) != State)
+ {
+ if ((Fifo == SPI_SR_FRLVL) && (State == SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY))
+ {
+ /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+ READ_REG(*((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR));
+ }
+
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) >= Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
+ on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
+ and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
+
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+ {
+ /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the check of the RX transaction complete.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+ {
+ /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+ {
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the check of the RXTX or TX transaction complete.
+ * @param hspi SPI handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ /* Control if the TX fifo is empty */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FTLVL, SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ /* Control if the RX fifo is empty */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the end of the RXTX transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user TxRx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the end of the RX transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the end of the TX transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+ {
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle abort a Rx transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t count;
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+
+ /* Disable RXNEIE interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+ /* Check RXNEIE is disabled */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ }
+ while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle abort a Tx or Rx/Tx transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t count;
+
+ count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+
+ /* Disable TXEIE interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXEIE));
+
+ /* Check TXEIE is disabled */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ }
+ while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE));
+
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check case of Full-Duplex Mode and disable directly RXNEIE interrupt */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+ {
+ /* Disable RXNEIE interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+ /* Check RXNEIE is disabled */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ }
+ while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+ }
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6aae12170 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
+ * + IO operation functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
+ * @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE 4UL
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
+ data transfers.
+
+ (#) Rx data flush function:
+ (++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flush the RX fifo.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmpreg;
+ uint8_t count = 0U;
+ while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) != SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
+ {
+ count++;
+ tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+ UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
+ if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef36e7c40 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,6904 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief TIM HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral:
+ * + TIM Time Base Initialization
+ * + TIM Time Base Start
+ * + TIM Time Base Start Interruption
+ * + TIM Time Base Start DMA
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA
+ * + TIM Input Capture Initialization
+ * + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration
+ * + TIM Input Capture Start
+ * + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption
+ * + TIM Input Capture Start DMA
+ * + TIM One Pulse Initialization
+ * + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration
+ * + TIM One Pulse Start
+ * + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization
+ * + TIM Encoder Interface Start
+ * + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption
+ * + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA
+ * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA
+ * + TIM OCRef clear configuration
+ * + TIM External Clock configuration
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIMER Generic features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] The Timer features include:
+ (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
+ (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the
+ counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
+ (#) Up to 4 independent channels for:
+ (++) Input Capture
+ (++) Output Compare
+ (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+ (++) One-pulse mode output
+ (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect
+ several timers together.
+ (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+ depending on the selected feature:
+ (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
+ (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
+ (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
+ (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
+ (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
+ (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
+
+ (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+ (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (##) TIM pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+ __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+ (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+ internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+ HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+ any start function.
+
+ (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+ Initialization function of this driver:
+ (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
+ (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an
+ Output Compare signal.
+ (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a
+ PWM signal.
+ (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an
+ external signal.
+ (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer
+ in One Pulse Mode.
+ (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
+
+ (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
+ (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
+ (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
+ (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
+ (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
+ (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
+ (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().
+
+ (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
+ HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
+ HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ [..]
+ Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback.
+ @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+
+ [..]
+ These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks:
+ (+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) HallSensor_MspInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback.
+ (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback.
+ (+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback.
+ (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback.
+ (+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback.
+ (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback.
+ (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback.
+ (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback.
+ (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback.
+ (+) CommutationCallback : TIM Commutation Callback.
+ (+) CommutationHalfCpltCallback : TIM Commutation half complete Callback.
+ (+) BreakCallback : TIM Break Callback.
+ (+) Break2Callback : TIM Break2 Callback.
+
+ [..]
+By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET
+all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback().
+
+ [..]
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak
+ functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null
+ (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit
+ keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand)
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered
+ in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function.
+
+ [..]
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM TIM
+ * @brief TIM HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC5_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC6_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions
+ * @brief Time Base functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Time Base functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM base.
+ (+) Start the Time Base.
+ (+) Stop the Time Base.
+ (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set the Time Base configuration */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Change the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions
+ * @brief TIM Output Compare functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM Output Compare functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.
+ (+) Start the TIM Output Compare.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare.
+ (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions
+ * @brief TIM PWM functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM PWM functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM.
+ (+) Start the TIM PWM.
+ (+) Stop the TIM PWM.
+ (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Init the base time for the PWM */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions
+ * @brief TIM Input Capture functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM Input Capture functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
+ (+) Start the TIM Input Capture.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture.
+ (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Init the base time for the input capture */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @param pData The destination Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions
+ * @brief TIM One Pulse functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM One Pulse functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
+ (+) Start the TIM One Pulse.
+ (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse.
+ (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
+ * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+ htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM;
+
+ /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+ htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode;
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+ (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+ in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+ No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+ (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be disable
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+ (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+ in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+ (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+ in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+ No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+ (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+ (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+ in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions
+ * @brief TIM Encoder functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM Encoder functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
+ (+) Start the TIM Encoder.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Encoder.
+ (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init()
+ * @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together
+ * Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
+ * using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE);
+
+ /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+
+ /* Set the encoder Mode */
+ tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode;
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+ tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U);
+
+ /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default :
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+ (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default :
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+ /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default :
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+ (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+ if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1.
+ * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1,
+ uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+ (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+ if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management
+ * @brief TIM IRQ handler management
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IRQ handler management #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides Timer IRQ handler function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Capture compare 1 event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET)
+ {
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+
+ /* Input capture event */
+ if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Output compare event */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Capture compare 2 event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ /* Input capture event */
+ if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Output compare event */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Capture compare 3 event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ /* Input capture event */
+ if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Output compare event */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Capture compare 4 event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ /* Input capture event */
+ if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Output compare event */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM Update event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM Break input event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->BreakCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM Break2 input event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK2) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK2);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->Break2Callback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM Trigger detection event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM commutation event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->CommutationCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
+ (+) Configure External Clock source.
+ (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+ (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
+ (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+ uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 5 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC5_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 6 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC6_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
+ * @param htim TIM IC handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection,
+ sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+ }
+ else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ {
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection,
+ sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3)
+ {
+ /* TI3 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection,
+ sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TI4 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection,
+ sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+ uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 5 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC5_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel5*/
+ htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC5PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC5FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 6 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC6_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel6 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC6PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC6FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+ uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel)
+{
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel));
+
+ if (OutputChannel != InputChannel)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */
+ temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode;
+ temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse;
+ temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity;
+ temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity;
+ temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState;
+ temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState;
+
+ switch (OutputChannel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (InputChannel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+ /* Select the Trigger source */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1;
+
+ /* Select the Slave Mode */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+ /* Select the Trigger source */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2;
+
+ /* Select the Slave Mode */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR5
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR6
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR3
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+ * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+ * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+ * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc,
+ uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+ {
+ case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_COM:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+ htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+ /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+ switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+ {
+ case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_COM:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_OK == status)
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR5
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR6
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR3
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+ * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+ * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+ * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+ uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+ {
+ case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture/compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_COM:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+ htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+ /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+ switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+ {
+ case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_COM:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_OK == status)
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generate a software event
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param EventSource specifies the event source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2: Timer Break2 event source
+ * @note Basic timers can only generate an update event.
+ * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM is relevant only with advanced timer instances.
+ * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2 are relevant
+ * only for timer instances supporting break input(s).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Change the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set the event sources */
+ htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource;
+
+ /* Change the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig,
+ uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)
+ {
+ case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE:
+ {
+ /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_OCCS | TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP));
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR:
+ {
+ /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));
+
+ /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1)
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
+ sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
+ sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
+
+ /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 5 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR3, TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 5 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR3, TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 6 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR3, TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 6 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR3, TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the clock source to be used
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource));
+
+ /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+ tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
+ tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+ switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)
+ {
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+ tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1);
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+ /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+ TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+ TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+ TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0:
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1:
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2:
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input
+ * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the
+ * output of a XOR gate.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
+ * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3
+ * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+ /* Reset the TI1 selection */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+ /* Set the TI1 selection */
+ tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection;
+
+ /* Write to TIMxCR2 */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+ * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
+ * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+ /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+ * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
+ * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+ /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval Captured value
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Return the capture 1 value */
+ tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Return the capture 2 value */
+ tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Return the capture 3 value */
+ tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Return the capture 4 value */
+ tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions
+ * @brief TIM Callbacks functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM Callbacks functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides TIM callback functions:
+ (+) TIM Period elapsed callback
+ (+) TIM Output Compare callback
+ (+) TIM Input capture callback
+ (+) TIM Trigger callback
+ (+) TIM Error callback
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM OC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM IC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM IC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param htim tim handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK2_CB_ID Break2 Callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+ htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
+ htim->CommutationCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
+ htim->BreakCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BREAK2_CB_ID :
+ htim->Break2Callback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a TIM callback
+ * TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param htim tim handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK2_CB_ID Break2 Callback ID
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+ htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak Error Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
+ htim->CommutationCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback; /* Legacy weak Commutation Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Commutation half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
+ htim->BreakCallback = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback; /* Legacy weak Break Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BREAK2_CB_ID :
+ htim->Break2Callback = HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback; /* Legacy weak Break2 Callback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief TIM Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM Base handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM OC handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM IC handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM OPM handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA error callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->ErrorCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Time Base configuration
+ * @param TIMx TIM peripheral
+ * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1;
+ tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+ /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/
+ if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Select the Counter Mode */
+ tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
+ tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode;
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Set the clock division */
+ tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD;
+ tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the auto-reload preload */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload);
+
+ TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Set the Autoreload value */
+ TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ;
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler;
+
+ if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+ TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter;
+ }
+
+ /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
+ and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity;
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity;
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState;
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState;
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U);
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;
+
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2U);
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U);
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U);
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;
+
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 5 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_OC5_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx,
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the output: Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC5E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~(TIM_CCMR3_OC5M);
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC5P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 16U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS5;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 8U);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR5 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 6 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_OC6_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx,
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the output: Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC6E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~(TIM_CCMR3_OC6M);
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 20U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS6;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 10U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR6 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave Timer configuration function
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+ /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+ tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;
+
+ /* Reset the slave mode Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ /* Set the slave mode */
+ tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
+ switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
+ {
+ case TIM_TS_ETRF:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+ /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
+ TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+ if(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+ htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+ tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+ /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
+ TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+ /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
+ TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_TS_ITR0:
+ case TIM_TS_ITR1:
+ case TIM_TS_ITR2:
+ case TIM_TS_ITR3:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1
+ * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+ * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+ */
+void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input */
+ if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+ {
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+ tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+ tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2
+ * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+ * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+ */
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+ tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4
+ * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+ * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+ */
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F;
+ tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
+ tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3
+ * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+ * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+ tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F;
+ tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP);
+ tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Reset the TS Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/
+ tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1);
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+ /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+ tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U)));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+ * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+
+ tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+
+ /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks.
+ * @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for TIM module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedCallback */
+ htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerCallback */
+ htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureCallback */
+ htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC_DelayElapsedCallback */
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedCallback */
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ htim->CommutationCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback; /* Legacy weak CommutationCallback */
+ htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak CommutationHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->BreakCallback = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback; /* Legacy weak BreakCallback */
+ htim->Break2Callback = HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback; /* Legacy weak Break2Callback */
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..559abeaed --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,2373 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief TIM HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral:
+ * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization
+ * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start
+ * + Time Complementary signal break and dead time configuration
+ * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration
+ * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration (for channels 5 and 6)
+ * + Time OCRef clear configuration
+ * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIMER Extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The Timer Extended features include:
+ (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for :
+ (++) Output Compare
+ (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+ (++) One-pulse mode output
+ (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to
+ interconnect several timers together.
+ (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state.
+ (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for
+ positioning purposes
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+ depending on the selected feature:
+ (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit()
+
+ (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+ (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (##) TIM pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+ __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+ (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+ internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+ HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+ any start function.
+
+ (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+ initialization function of this driver:
+ (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init() and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(): to use the
+ Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding
+ Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface
+ with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use
+ the commutation event).
+
+ (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions:
+ (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OC_Start_IT()
+ (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT()
+ (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT()
+ (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT().
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx
+ * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions
+ * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor.
+ (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor.
+ (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface.
+ (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface.
+ (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts.
+ (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef *sConfig)
+{
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config;
+
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy week callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */
+ TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+ /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler;
+
+ /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+ /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED;
+
+ /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET;
+
+ /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/
+ OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE;
+ OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET;
+ OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2;
+ OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET;
+ OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH;
+ OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH;
+ OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay;
+
+ TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config);
+
+ /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2
+ register to 101 */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF;
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @param pData The destination Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if (((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel for Capture 1*/
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
+ * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
+ * output.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
+ * output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
+ * on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM OC handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
+ * on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
+ tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+ if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
+ * on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if (((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
+ * on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions
+ * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start the Complementary PWM.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary PWM.
+ (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts.
+ (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
+ (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+ * complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+
+ /* Enable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+ * complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
+ tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+ if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the
+ * complementary output
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if ((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ if (((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary
+ * output
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
+ * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
+ (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
+ * output.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+ /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
+ * output.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+ /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+ * complementary channel.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+ /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+ * complementary channel.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+ /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface.
+ (+) Configure Output channels for OC and PWM mode.
+
+ (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+ (+) Configure Master synchronization.
+ (+) Configure timer remapping capabilities.
+ (+) Enable or disable channel grouping.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence.
+ * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+ * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+ * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+ * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+ * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+ * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+ * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
+ uint32_t CommutationSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+ (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+ {
+ /* Select the Input trigger */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ /* Select the Commutation event source */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+ /* Disable Commutation Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+ /* Disable Commutation DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt.
+ * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+ * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+ * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+ * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+ * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+ * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+ * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
+ uint32_t CommutationSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+ (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+ {
+ /* Select the Input trigger */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ /* Select the Commutation event source */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+ /* Disable Commutation DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+ /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA.
+ * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+ * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+ * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+ * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+ * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+ * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+ * @note The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+ * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
+ uint32_t CommutationSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+ (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+ {
+ /* Select the Input trigger */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ /* Select the Commutation event source */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+ /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
+ /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+
+ /* Disable Commutation Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+ /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode.
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param sMasterConfig pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave
+ * mode.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SYNCHRO_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode));
+
+ /* Check input state */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Change the handler state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+ /* If the timer supports ADC synchronization through TRGO2, set the master mode selection 2 */
+ if (IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger2));
+
+ /* Clear the MMS2 bits */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS2;
+ /* Select the TRGO2 source*/
+ tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger2;
+ }
+
+ /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+ /* Select the TRGO source */
+ tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger;
+
+ /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM;
+ /* Set master mode */
+ tmpsmcr |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode;
+
+ /* Update TIMx CR2 */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Update TIMx SMCR */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State
+ * and the AOE(automatic output enable).
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig)
+{
+ /* Keep this variable initialized to 0 as it is used to configure BDTR register */
+ uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakFilter));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput));
+
+ /* Check input state */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State,
+ the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
+
+ /* Set the BDTR bits */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKF, (sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakFilter << TIM_BDTR_BKF_Pos));
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2State));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Filter));
+
+ /* Set the BREAK2 input related BDTR bits */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BK2F, (sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Filter << TIM_BDTR_BK2F_Pos));
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BK2E, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2State);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BK2P, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Polarity);
+ }
+
+ /* Set TIMx_BDTR */
+ htim->Instance->BDTR = tmpbdtr;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the break input source.
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param BreakInput Break input to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK: Timer break input
+ * @arg TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK2: Timer break 2 input
+ * @param sBreakInputConfig Break input source configuration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakInput(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ uint32_t BreakInput,
+ TIMEx_BreakInputConfigTypeDef *sBreakInputConfig)
+
+{
+ uint32_t tmporx;
+ uint32_t bkin_enable_mask = 0U;
+ uint32_t bkin_polarity_mask = 0U;
+ uint32_t bkin_enable_bitpos = 0U;
+ uint32_t bkin_polarity_bitpos = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUT(BreakInput));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE(sBreakInputConfig->Source));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_STATE(sBreakInputConfig->Enable));
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Channel0)
+ if (sBreakInputConfig->Source != TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_POLARITY(sBreakInputConfig->Polarity));
+ }
+#else
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_POLARITY(sBreakInputConfig->Polarity));
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Channel0 */
+
+ /* Check input state */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ switch (sBreakInputConfig->Source)
+ {
+ case TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_BKIN:
+ {
+ bkin_enable_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKINE;
+ bkin_enable_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKINE_Pos;
+ bkin_polarity_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKINP;
+ bkin_polarity_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKINP_Pos;
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_COMP1:
+ {
+ bkin_enable_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP1E;
+ bkin_enable_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP1E_Pos;
+ bkin_polarity_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP1P;
+ bkin_polarity_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP1P_Pos;
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_COMP2:
+ {
+ bkin_enable_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP2E;
+ bkin_enable_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP2E_Pos;
+ bkin_polarity_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP2P;
+ bkin_polarity_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP2P_Pos;
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Channel0)
+ case TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1:
+ {
+ bkin_enable_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKDF1BK0E;
+ bkin_enable_bitpos = 8U;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Channel0 */
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (BreakInput)
+ {
+ case TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK:
+ {
+ /* Get the TIMx_OR2 register value */
+ tmporx = htim->Instance->OR2;
+
+ /* Enable the break input */
+ tmporx &= ~bkin_enable_mask;
+ tmporx |= (sBreakInputConfig->Enable << bkin_enable_bitpos) & bkin_enable_mask;
+
+ /* Set the break input polarity */
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Channel0)
+ if (sBreakInputConfig->Source != TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1)
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Channel0 */
+ {
+ tmporx &= ~bkin_polarity_mask;
+ tmporx |= (sBreakInputConfig->Polarity << bkin_polarity_bitpos) & bkin_polarity_mask;
+ }
+
+ /* Set TIMx_OR2 */
+ htim->Instance->OR2 = tmporx;
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK2:
+ {
+ /* Get the TIMx_OR3 register value */
+ tmporx = htim->Instance->OR3;
+
+ /* Enable the break input */
+ tmporx &= ~bkin_enable_mask;
+ tmporx |= (sBreakInputConfig->Enable << bkin_enable_bitpos) & bkin_enable_mask;
+
+ /* Set the break input polarity */
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Channel0)
+ if (sBreakInputConfig->Source != TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1)
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Channel0 */
+ {
+ tmporx &= ~bkin_polarity_mask;
+ tmporx |= (sBreakInputConfig->Polarity << bkin_polarity_bitpos) & bkin_polarity_mask;
+ }
+
+ /* Set TIMx_OR3 */
+ htim->Instance->OR3 = tmporx;
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Remapping input capabilities.
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param Remap specifies the TIM remapping source.
+ @if STM32L422xx
+ * For TIM1, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_NONE: TIM1_ETR is not connected to any ADC1 AWD (analog watchdog)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD1: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD1
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD2: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD2
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD3: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD3
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
+ *
+ @endif
+@if STM32L486xx
+ * For TIM1, the parameter is a combination of 4 fields (field1 | field2 | field3 | field4):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_NONE: TIM1_ETR is not connected to any ADC1 AWD (analog watchdog)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD1: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD1
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD2: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD2
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD3: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD3
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC3_NONE: TIM1_ETR is not connected to any ADC3 AWD (analog watchdog)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC3_AWD1: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD1
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC3_AWD2: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD2
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC3_AWD3: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD3
+ *
+ * field3 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
+ *
+ * field4 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP1: TIM1_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP2: TIM1_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+ * @note When field4 is set to TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP1 or TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP2 field1 and field2 values are not significant
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L443xx
+ * For TIM1, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_NONE: TIM1_ETR is not connected to any ADC1 AWD (analog watchdog)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD1: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD1
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD2: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD2
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD3: TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD3
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
+ *
+ * field3 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP1: TIM1_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP2: TIM1_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+ *
+ * @note When field3 is set to TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP1 or TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP2 field1 values is not significant
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2_ITR1 is connected to TIM8_TRGO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_OTG_FS_SOF: TIM2_ITR1 is connected to OTG_FS SOF
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_GPIO: TIM2_ETR is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_LSE: TIM2_ETR is connected to LSE
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP1: TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP2: TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+ *
+ * field3 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to logical OR between COMP1 and COMP2 output
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L422xx
+ * For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_NONE: No internal trigger on TIM2_ITR1
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_USB_SOF: TIM2_ITR1 is connected to USB SOF
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_GPIO: TIM2_ETR is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_LSE: TIM2_ETR is connected to LSE
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP1: TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+ *
+ * field3 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L443xx
+ * For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_NONE: No internal trigger on TIM2_ITR1
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_USB_SOF: TIM2_ITR1 is connected to USB SOF
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_GPIO: TIM2_ETR is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_LSE: TIM2_ETR is connected to LSE
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP1: TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP2: TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+ *
+ * field3 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to logical OR between COMP1 and COMP2 output
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * For TIM3, the parameter is a combination 2 fields(field1 | field2):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM3_TI1_GPIO: TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP2: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1_COMP2: TIM3 TI1 is connected to logical OR between COMP1 and COMP2 output
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM3_ETR_GPIO: TIM3_ETR is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM3_ETR_COMP1: TIM3_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * For TIM8, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC2_NONE: TIM8_ETR is not connected to any ADC2 AWD (analog watchdog)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC2_AWD1: TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD1
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC2_AWD2: TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD2
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC2_AWD3: TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD3
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC3_NONE: TIM8_ETR is not connected to any ADC3 AWD (analog watchdog)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC3_AWD1: TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD1
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC3_AWD2: TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD2
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC3_AWD3: TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD3
+ *
+ * field3 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_TI1_GPIO: TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP2: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
+ *
+ * field4 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_COMP1: TIM8_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+ * @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_COMP2: TIM8_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+ * @note When field4 is set to TIM_TIM8_ETR_COMP1 or TIM_TIM8_ETR_COMP2 field1 and field2 values are not significant
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L422xx
+ * For TIM15, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO: TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE: TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_NONE: No redirection
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_TIM2: TIM2 IC1 and TIM2 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L443xx
+ * For TIM15, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2):
+ *
+ * field1 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO: TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE: TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
+ *
+ * field2 can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_NONE: No redirection
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_TIM2: TIM2 IC1 and TIM2 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_TIM3: TIM3 IC1 and TIM3 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
+ * @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_TIM4: TIM4 IC1 and TIM4 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L422xx
+ * For TIM16, the parameter can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_MSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSI (contraints: MSI clock < 1/4 TIM APB clock)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_HSE_32: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE div 32 (note that HSE div 32 must be selected as RTC clock source)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L443xx
+ * For TIM16, the parameter can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_MSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSI (contraints: MSI clock < 1/4 TIM APB clock)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_HSE_32: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE div 32 (note that HSE div 32 must be selected as RTC clock source)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
+ *
+ @endif
+ @if STM32L486xx
+ * For TIM17, the parameter can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM17_TI1_GPIO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM17_TI1_MSI: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSI (contraints: MSI clock < 1/4 TIM APB clock)
+ * @arg TIM_TIM17_TI1_HSE_32: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE div 32
+ * @arg TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO
+ @endif
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpor1 = 0U;
+ uint32_t tmpor2 = 0U;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(Remap));
+
+ /* Set ETR_SEL bit field (if required) */
+ if (IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+ {
+ tmpor2 = htim->Instance->OR2;
+ tmpor2 &= ~TIM1_OR2_ETRSEL_Msk;
+ tmpor2 |= (Remap & TIM1_OR2_ETRSEL_Msk);
+
+ /* Set TIMx_OR2 */
+ htim->Instance->OR2 = tmpor2;
+ }
+
+ /* Set other remapping capabilities */
+ tmpor1 = Remap;
+ tmpor1 &= ~TIM1_OR2_ETRSEL_Msk;
+
+ /* Set TIMx_OR1 */
+ htim->Instance->OR1 = tmpor1;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Group channel 5 and channel 1, 2 or 3
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param Channels specifies the reference signal(s) the OC5REF is combined with.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE: No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC, OC2REFC and OC3REFC
+ * TIM_GROUPCH5_OC1REFC: OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF
+ * TIM_GROUPCH5_OC2REFC: OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF
+ * TIM_GROUPCH5_OC3REFC: OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GroupChannel5(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channels)
+{
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_GROUPCH5(Channels));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Clear GC5Cx bit fields */
+ htim->Instance->CCR5 &= ~(TIM_CCR5_GC5C3 | TIM_CCR5_GC5C2 | TIM_CCR5_GC5C1);
+
+ /* Set GC5Cx bit fields */
+ htim->Instance->CCR5 |= Channels;
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions
+ * @brief Extended Callbacks functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Callbacks functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides Extended TIM callback functions:
+ (+) Timer Commutation callback
+ (+) Timer Break callback
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall commutation changed callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Hall commutation changed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall Break detection callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall Break2 detection callback in non blocking mode
+ * @param htim: TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Peripheral State functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIMEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->CommutationCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Commutation half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @param ChannelNState specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+
+ /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..696c3f0ed --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,4143 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief UART HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The UART HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. UART_HandleTypeDef huart).
+ (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API:
+ (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+ (++) UART pins configuration:
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs.
+ (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up.
+ (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+ and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs):
+ (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+ (++) UART interrupts handling:
+ -@@- The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt, RX/TX FIFOs related interrupts and Error Interrupts)
+ are managed using the macros __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT()
+ inside the transmit and receive processes.
+ (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+ and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+ (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+ (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+
+ (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Prescaler value , Hardware
+ flow control and Mode (Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart handle Init structure.
+
+ (#) If required, program UART advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, auto Baud rate detection,...)
+ in the huart handle AdvancedInit structure.
+
+ (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+ the HAL_UART_Init() API.
+
+ (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+ the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API.
+
+ (#) For the UART LIN (Local Interconnection Network) mode, initialize the UART registers
+ by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API.
+
+ (#) For the UART Multiprocessor mode, initialize the UART registers
+ by calling the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API.
+
+ (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enabled mode, initialize the UART registers
+ by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) These API's (HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(),
+ also configure the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by
+ calling the customized HAL_UART_MspInit() API.
+
+ ##### Callback registration #####
+ ==================================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ [..]
+ Use Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+ Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+ (+) WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback.
+ (+) RxFifoFullCallback : Rx Fifo Full Callback.
+ (+) TxFifoEmptyCallback : Tx Fifo Empty Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak (surcharged) function.
+ @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+ (+) WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback.
+ (+) RxFifoFullCallback : Rx Fifo Full Callback.
+ (+) TxFifoEmptyCallback : Tx Fifo Empty Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit.
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and when the state is HAL_UART_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
+ reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_UART_Init()
+ and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_UART_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_UART_STATE_READY or HAL_UART_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
+ MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_UART_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_UART_Init() function.
+
+ [..]
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART UART
+ * @brief HAL UART module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UART_Private_Constants UART Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
+ USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8| \
+ USART_CR1_FIFOEN )) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+#else
+#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
+ USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8 )) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+#define USART_CR3_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT| \
+ USART_CR3_TXFTCFG | USART_CR3_RXFTCFG )) /*!< UART or USART CR3 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+#else
+#define USART_CR3_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT)) /*!< UART or USART CR3 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+#define LPUART_BRR_MIN 0x00000300U /* LPUART BRR minimum authorized value */
+#define LPUART_BRR_MAX 0x000FFFFFU /* LPUART BRR maximum authorized value */
+
+#define UART_BRR_MIN 0x10U /* UART BRR minimum authorized value */
+#define UART_BRR_MAX 0x0000FFFFU /* UART BRR maximum authorized value */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+ in asynchronous mode.
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
+ (++) Baud Rate
+ (++) Word Length
+ (++) Stop Bit
+ (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+ in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+ (++) Hardware flow control
+ (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+ (++) Over Sampling Method
+ (++) One-Bit Sampling Method
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
+ (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+ (++) data logical level inversion
+ (++) RX and TX pins swap
+ (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+ (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+ (++) MSB first on communication line
+ (++) auto Baud rate detection
+ [..]
+ The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init()and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init()API
+ follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, UART LIN mode
+ and UART multiprocessor mode configuration procedures (details for the procedures
+ are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
+ 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
+ following table.
+
+ Table 1. UART frame format.
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the UART mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param((IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) || (IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)));
+ }
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the half-duplex mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check UART instance */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN));
+
+ /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the LIN mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param BreakDetectLength Specifies the LIN break detection length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 10-bit break detection
+ * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B 11-bit break detection
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the LIN UART instance */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ /* Check the Break detection length parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength));
+
+ /* LIN mode limited to 16-bit oversampling only */
+ if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* LIN mode limited to 8-bit data length */
+ if (huart->Init.WordLength != UART_WORDLENGTH_8B)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN));
+
+ /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN);
+
+ /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength);
+
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the multiprocessor mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param Address UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long).
+ * @param WakeUpMethod Specifies the UART wakeup method.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE WakeUp by an idle line detection
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK WakeUp by an address mark
+ * @note If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter
+ * is useless and ignored by the initialization function.
+ * @note If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection
+ * is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the UART to be able to
+ * manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection, the API
+ * HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() must be called after
+ * HAL_MultiProcessor_Init().
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the wake up method parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod));
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* In multiprocessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+
+ if (WakeUpMethod == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK)
+ {
+ /* If address mark wake up method is chosen, set the USART address node */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
+ }
+
+ /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod);
+
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the UART peripheral.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param((IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) || (IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)));
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0U;
+ huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0U;
+ huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (huart->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the UART MSP.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the UART MSP.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User UART Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param huart uart handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID Rx Fifo Full Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID Tx Fifo Empty Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pUART_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ huart->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID :
+ huart->WakeupCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ case HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxFifoFullCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an UART Callback
+ * UART callaback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param huart uart handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID Rx Fifo Full Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID Tx Fifo Empty Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ if (HAL_UART_STATE_READY == huart->gState)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID :
+ huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback */
+ break;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ case HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxFifoFullCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback; /* Legacy weak RxFifoFullCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback = HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback; /* Legacy weak TxFifoEmptyCallback */
+ break;
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+ case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_UART_STATE_RESET == huart->gState)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief UART Transmit/Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous
+ and Half duplex data transfers.
+
+ (#) There are two mode of transfer:
+ (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+ The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (+) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA, These API's return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+ The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+ (#) Blocking mode API's are :
+ (+) HAL_UART_Transmit()
+ (+) HAL_UART_Receive()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
+ (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+ (+) HAL_UART_IRQHandler()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with DMA are :
+ (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) HAL_UART_DMAPause()
+ (+) HAL_UART_DMAResume()
+ (+) HAL_UART_DMAStop()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode:
+ (+) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's :
+ (+) HAL_UART_Abort()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive()
+ (+) HAL_UART_Abort_IT()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT()
+
+ (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_UART_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided:
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback()
+
+ (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories.
+ Errors are handled as follows :
+ (+) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is
+ to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception .
+ Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type,
+ and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on UART side.
+ If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
+ (+) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted.
+ This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode.
+ Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
+
+ -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit
+ and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note When FIFO mode is enabled, writing a data in the TDR register adds one
+ * data to the TXFIFO. Write operations to the TDR register are performed
+ * when TXFNF flag is set. From hardware perspective, TXFNF flag and
+ * TXE are mapped on the same bit-field.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *pdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ pdata8bits = NULL;
+ pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdata8bits = pData;
+ pdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ while (huart->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*pdata16bits & 0x01FFU);
+ pdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*pdata8bits & 0xFFU);
+ pdata8bits++;
+ }
+ huart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFNE flag is set as long as the RXFIFO
+ * is not empty. Read operations from the RDR register are performed when
+ * RXFNE flag is set. From hardware perspective, RXFNE flag and
+ * RXNE are mapped on the same bit-field.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be received.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *pdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+ uint16_t uhMask;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
+ UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
+ uhMask = huart->Mask;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ pdata8bits = NULL;
+ pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdata8bits = pData;
+ pdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* as long as data have to be received */
+ while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
+ pdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+ pdata8bits++;
+ }
+ huart->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Configure Tx interrupt processing */
+ if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the Transmit Data Register Empty interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE);
+ }
+#else
+ /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the Transmit Data Register Empty interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
+ UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Configure Rx interrupt processing*/
+ if ((huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) && (Size >= huart->NbRxDataToProcess))
+ {
+ /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE);
+ }
+#else
+ /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, (uint32_t)huart->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->TDR, Size) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_TCF);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+ in the UART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
+ * the parity bit (MSB position).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)huart->pRxBuffPtr, Size) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+ in the UART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+ (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+ (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+ {
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+ /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+ to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() /
+ HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback:
+ indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete
+ interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of
+ the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */
+
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+ /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+ (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ UART_EndTxTransfer(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+ (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Disable TXE, TC, RXNE, PE, RXFT, TXFT and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+#else
+ /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+ if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Disable TCIE, TXEIE and TXFTIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+#else
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+ if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Disable PEIE, EIE, RXNEIE and RXFTIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
+#else
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t abortcplt = 1U;
+
+ /* Disable interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_TXFTIE));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to UART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+ before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+ /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* UART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* UART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ abortcplt = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */
+ if (abortcplt == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+ if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear TxISR function pointers */
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear TxISR function pointers */
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+ if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle UART interrupt request.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3);
+
+ uint32_t errorflags;
+ uint32_t errorcode;
+
+ /* If no error occurs */
+ errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE));
+ if (errorflags == 0U)
+ {
+ /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE_RXFNE) != 0U)
+ && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_RXFTIE) != 0U)))
+#else
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+ {
+ if (huart->RxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ huart->RxISR(huart);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If some errors occur */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ if ((errorflags != 0U)
+ && ((((cr3its & (USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_EIE)) != 0U)
+ || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != 0U))))
+#else
+ if ((errorflags != 0U)
+ && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != 0U)))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+ {
+ /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_PEF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_NEF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U)
+ && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U) ||
+ ((cr3its & (USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_EIE)) != 0U)))
+#else
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U)
+ && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U) ||
+ ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE;
+ }
+
+ /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/
+ if (huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE_RXFNE) != 0U)
+ && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_RXFTIE) != 0U)))
+#else
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+ {
+ if (huart->RxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ huart->RxISR(huart);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception,
+ consider error as blocking */
+ errorcode = huart->ErrorCode;
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) ||
+ ((errorcode & HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted
+ Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process,
+ Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */
+ UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMAAbortOnError;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on.
+ Error is notified to user through user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+
+ } /* End if some error occurs */
+
+ /* UART wakeup from Stop mode interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_WUF) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_WUFIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_WUF);
+
+ /* UART Rx state is not reset as a reception process might be ongoing.
+ If UART handle state fields need to be reset to READY, this could be done in Wakeup callback */
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Wakeup Callback */
+ huart->WakeupCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Wakeup Callback */
+ HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U)
+ && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_TXFTIE) != 0U)))
+#else
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != 0U))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+ {
+ if (huart->TxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ huart->TxISR(huart);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* UART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart);
+ return;
+ }
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* UART TX Fifo Empty occurred ----------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXFE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXFEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Fifo Empty Callback */
+ huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Fifo Empty Callback */
+ HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* UART RX Fifo Full occurred ----------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXFF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXFFIE) != 0U))
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx Fifo Full Callback */
+ huart->RxFifoFullCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx Fifo Full Callback */
+ HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART error callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Abort Receive Complete callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief UART control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART.
+ (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode
+ (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode
+ (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode
+ (+) UART_SetConfig() API configures the UART peripheral
+ (+) UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features
+ (+) UART_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization
+ (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter
+ (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver
+ (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable UART in mute mode (does not mean UART enters mute mode;
+ * to enter mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable UART mute mode (does not mean the UART actually exits mute mode
+ * as it may not have been in mute mode at this very moment).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode).
+ * @note To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the UART transmitter and disable the UART receiver.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Clear TE and RE bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+ /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the UART receiver and disable the UART transmitter.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Clear TE and RE bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+ /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit break characters.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Send break characters */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Error functions
+ * @brief UART Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to :
+ (+) Return the UART handle state.
+ (+) Return the UART handle error code
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the UART handle state.
+ * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t temp1;
+ uint32_t temp2;
+ temp1 = huart->gState;
+ temp2 = huart->RxState;
+
+ return (HAL_UART_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the UART handle error code.
+ * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART.
+ * @retval UART Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ return huart->ErrorCode;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the callbacks to their default values.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+void UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Init the UART Callback settings */
+ huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */
+ huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ huart->RxFifoFullCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback; /* Legacy weak RxFifoFullCallback */
+ huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback = HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback; /* Legacy weak TxFifoEmptyCallback */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the UART peripheral.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+ uint16_t brrtemp;
+ UART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource;
+ uint32_t usartdiv = 0x00000000U;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t lpuart_ker_ck_pres = 0x00000000U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
+ if (UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LPUART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(huart->Init.OneBitSampling));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling));
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ assert_param(IS_UART_PRESCALER(huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits and configure
+ * the UART Word Length, Parity, Mode and oversampling:
+ * set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value
+ * set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value
+ * set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value
+ * set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling ;
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)huart->FifoMode;
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according
+ * to huart->Init.StopBits value */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure
+ * - UART HardWare Flow Control: set CTSE and RTSE bits according
+ * to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value
+ * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule according
+ * to huart->Init.OneBitSampling (not applicable to LPUART) */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.HwFlowCtl;
+
+ if (!(UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart)))
+ {
+ tmpreg |= huart->Init.OneBitSampling;
+ }
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ /*-------------------------- USART PRESC Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure
+ * - UART Clock Prescaler : set PRESCALER according to huart->Init.ClockPrescaler value */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->PRESC, USART_PRESC_PRESCALER, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler);
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+ UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(huart, clocksource);
+
+ /* Check LPUART instance */
+ if (UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart))
+ {
+ /* Retrieve frequency clock */
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ lpuart_ker_ck_pres = (HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq() / UART_GET_DIV_FACTOR(huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ lpuart_ker_ck_pres = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ lpuart_ker_ck_pres = ((uint32_t)HSI_VALUE / UART_GET_DIV_FACTOR(huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ lpuart_ker_ck_pres = (uint32_t)HSI_VALUE;
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ lpuart_ker_ck_pres = (HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() / UART_GET_DIV_FACTOR(huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ lpuart_ker_ck_pres = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ lpuart_ker_ck_pres = ((uint32_t)LSE_VALUE / UART_GET_DIV_FACTOR(huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ lpuart_ker_ck_pres = (uint32_t)LSE_VALUE;
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED:
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* if proper clock source reported */
+ if (lpuart_ker_ck_pres != 0U)
+ {
+ /* ensure that Frequency clock is in the range [3 * baudrate, 4096 * baudrate] */
+ if ((lpuart_ker_ck_pres < (3U * huart->Init.BaudRate)) ||
+ (lpuart_ker_ck_pres > (4096U * huart->Init.BaudRate)))
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED:
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* It is forbidden to write values lower than 0x300 in the LPUART_BRR register */
+ if ((usartdiv >= LPUART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= LPUART_BRR_MAX))
+ {
+ huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ } /* if ( (lpuart_ker_ck_pres < (3 * huart->Init.BaudRate) ) || (lpuart_ker_ck_pres > (4096 * huart->Init.BaudRate) )) */
+ } /* if (lpuart_ker_ck_pres != 0) */
+ }
+ /* Check UART Over Sampling to set Baud Rate Register */
+ else if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
+ {
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8((uint32_t)LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED:
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */
+ if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX))
+ {
+ brrtemp = (uint16_t)(usartdiv & 0xFFF0U);
+ brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000FU) >> 1U);
+ huart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16((uint32_t)LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED:
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */
+ if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX))
+ {
+ huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Initialize the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+ huart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1;
+ huart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1;
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the UART peripheral advanced features.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void UART_AdvFeatureConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit));
+
+ /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure data inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(huart->AdvancedInit.Swap));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, huart->AdvancedInit.Swap);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_OVERRUN(huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure auto Baud rate detection scheme */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_DETECTION_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABREN, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable);
+ /* set auto Baudrate detection parameters if detection is enabled */
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable == UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABRMODE, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check the UART Idle State.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Initialize the UART ErrorCode */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
+ if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
+ if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the UART State */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle UART Communication Timeout.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param Flag Specifies the UART flag to check
+ * @param Status Flag status (SET or RESET)
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+ uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait until flag is set */
+ while ((__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, TXFT interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_TXFTIE));
+#else
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Reset RxIsr function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* DMA Normal mode */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+ {
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit
+ in the UART CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+ }
+ /* DMA Circular mode */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/
+ huart->TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Tx Half complete callback*/
+ huart->TxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Tx Half complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* DMA Normal mode */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+ {
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit
+ in the UART CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+ huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx Half complete callback*/
+ huart->RxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx Half complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+ /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+ (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+ {
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ UART_EndTxTransfer(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+ (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+ {
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+ }
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+ if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+ * HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer)
+ * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+ * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+ if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+ * HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer)
+ * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+ * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length .
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE);
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ huart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length.
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE);
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr;
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (((uint32_t)(*tmp)) & 0x01FFUL);
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ huart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+ * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled.
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t nb_tx_data;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ for (nb_tx_data = huart->NbTxDataToProcess ; nb_tx_data > 0U ; nb_tx_data--)
+ {
+ if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+
+ break; /* force exit loop */
+ }
+ else if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->ISR, USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U)
+ {
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ huart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled.
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+ uint16_t nb_tx_data;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ for (nb_tx_data = huart->NbTxDataToProcess ; nb_tx_data > 0U ; nb_tx_data--)
+ {
+ if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+
+ break; /* force exit loop */
+ }
+ else if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->ISR, USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U)
+ {
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr;
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (((uint32_t)(*tmp)) & 0x01FFUL);
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ huart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode.
+ * @param huart pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+
+ /* Tx process is ended, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Cleat TxISR function pointer */
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/
+ huart->TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length .
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
+ uint16_t uhdata;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+ *huart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+ huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length .
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+ uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
+ uint16_t uhdata;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr ;
+ *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask);
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+ /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+ huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+ * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled.
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
+ uint16_t uhdata;
+ uint16_t nb_rx_data;
+ uint16_t rxdatacount;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ for (nb_rx_data = huart->NbRxDataToProcess ; nb_rx_data > 0U ; nb_rx_data--)
+ {
+ uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+ *huart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXFT interrupt*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE));
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+ huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* When remaining number of bytes to receive is less than the RX FIFO
+ threshold, next incoming frames are processed as if FIFO mode was
+ disabled (i.e. one interrupt per received frame).
+ */
+ rxdatacount = huart->RxXferCount;
+ if ((rxdatacount != 0U) && (rxdatacount < huart->NbRxDataToProcess))
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART RXFT interrupt*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
+
+ /* Update the RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT;
+
+ /* Enable the UART Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled.
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+ uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
+ uint16_t uhdata;
+ uint16_t nb_rx_data;
+ uint16_t rxdatacount;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ for (nb_rx_data = huart->NbRxDataToProcess ; nb_rx_data > 0U ; nb_rx_data--)
+ {
+ uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr ;
+ *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask);
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXFT interrupt*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE));
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+ huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* When remaining number of bytes to receive is less than the RX FIFO
+ threshold, next incoming frames are processed as if FIFO mode was
+ disabled (i.e. one interrupt per received frame).
+ */
+ rxdatacount = huart->RxXferCount;
+ if ((rxdatacount != 0U) && (rxdatacount < huart->NbRxDataToProcess))
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART RXFT interrupt*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
+
+ /* Update the RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT;
+
+ /* Enable the UART Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98f6d33a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,787 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended UART HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
+ * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### UART peripheral extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+
+ (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers
+ by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
+
+ (#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
+
+ -@- When UART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
+ starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
+ configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx
+ * @brief UART Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/** @defgroup UARTEX_Private_Constants UARTEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/* UART RX FIFO depth */
+#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
+
+/* UART TX FIFO depth */
+#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+static void UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+ in asynchronous mode.
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
+ (++) Baud Rate
+ (++) Word Length
+ (++) Stop Bit
+ (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+ in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+ (++) Hardware flow control
+ (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+ (++) Over Sampling Method
+ (++) One-Bit Sampling Method
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
+ (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+ (++) data logical level inversion
+ (++) RX and TX pins swap
+ (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+ (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+ (++) MSB first on communication line
+ (++) auto Baud rate detection
+ [..]
+ The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration
+ procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
+ 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
+ following table.
+
+ Table 1. UART frame format.
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param Polarity Select the driver enable polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high
+ * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW DE signal is active low
+ * @param AssertionTime Driver Enable assertion time:
+ * 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable)
+ * signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time
+ * units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
+ * @param DeassertionTime Driver Enable deassertion time:
+ * 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a
+ * transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.
+ * It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the
+ * oversampling rate).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime,
+ uint32_t DeassertionTime)
+{
+ uint32_t temp;
+
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ /* Check the Driver Enable polarity */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity));
+
+ /* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime));
+
+ /* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime));
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM);
+
+ /* Set the Driver Enable polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity);
+
+ /* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */
+ temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+ temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT | USART_CR1_DEAT), temp);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief Extended functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ This subsection provides a set of Wakeup and FIFO mode related callback functions.
+
+ (#) Wakeup from Stop mode Callback:
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback()
+
+ (#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+ * @brief UART RX Fifo full callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART TX Fifo empty callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides the following functions:
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode() API enables the UART clock (HSI or LSE only) during stop mode
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode() API disables the above functionality
+ (+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address
+ detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up.
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode
+ trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+
+#if defined(USART_CR3_UCESM)
+/**
+ * @brief Keep UART Clock enabled when in Stop Mode.
+ * @note When the USART clock source is configured to be LSE or HSI, it is possible to keep enabled
+ * this clock during STOP mode by setting the UCESM bit in USART_CR3 control register.
+ * @note When LPUART is used to wakeup from stop with LSE is selected as LPUART clock source,
+ * and desired baud rate is 9600 baud, the bit UCESM bit in LPUART_CR3 control register must be set.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Set UCESM bit */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable UART Clock when in Stop Mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Clear UCESM bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR3_UCESM */
+
+/**
+ * @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set
+ * to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection;
+ * this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit
+ * long).
+ * @note Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode,
+ * 7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param AddressLength This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address
+ * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the address length parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength));
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the address length */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
+ * @note It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as
+ * usart_wkup interrupt source before entering low-power mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param WakeUpSelection Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ /* check the wake-up selection parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the wake-up selection scheme */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent);
+
+ if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS)
+ {
+ UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Initialize the UART State */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable UART Stop Mode.
+ * @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Set UESM bit */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable UART Stop Mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Clear UESM bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the FIFO mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableFifoMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Save actual UART configuration */
+ tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+
+ /* Disable UART */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Enable FIFO mode */
+ SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
+ huart->FifoMode = UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
+
+ /* Restore UART configuration */
+ WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+ /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+ UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the FIFO mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableFifoMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Save actual UART configuration */
+ tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+
+ /* Disable UART */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Enable FIFO mode */
+ CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
+ huart->FifoMode = UART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
+
+ /* Restore UART configuration */
+ WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the TXFIFO threshold.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param Threshold TX FIFO threshold value
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
+ * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
+ * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
+ * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
+ * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
+ * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Save actual UART configuration */
+ tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+
+ /* Disable UART */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Update TX threshold configuration */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
+
+ /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+ UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart);
+
+ /* Restore UART configuration */
+ WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the RXFIFO threshold.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param Threshold RX FIFO threshold value
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
+ * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
+ * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
+ * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
+ * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
+ * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Save actual UART configuration */
+ tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+
+ /* Disable UART */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Update RX threshold configuration */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
+
+ /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+ UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart);
+
+ /* Restore UART configuration */
+ WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength));
+
+ /* Set the USART address length */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength);
+
+ /* Set the USART address node */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+ * @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
+ * @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
+ * the UART configuration registers.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
+ uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
+ uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
+ uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
+ uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
+ uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
+
+ if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
+ {
+ huart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
+ huart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
+ tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
+ rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos);
+ tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos);
+ huart->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
+ huart->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
+ }
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_usb.c b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_usb.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45331629b --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Demo/CORTEX_MPU_STM32L4_Discovery_GCC_IAR_Keil/ST_Code/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_usb.c @@ -0,0 +1,2611 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l4xx_ll_usb.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief USB Low Layer HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+ * + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * + I/O operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure.
+
+ (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral.
+
+ (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_USB_DRIVER
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED)
+#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions USB Low Layer Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USB Core
+ * @param USBx USB Instance
+ * @param cfg pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret;
+
+ if (cfg.phy_itface == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY)
+ {
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+
+ /* Init The ULPI Interface */
+ USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TSDPS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIFSLS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL);
+
+ /* Select vbus source */
+ USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSI);
+ if (cfg.use_external_vbus == 1U)
+ {
+ USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD;
+ }
+ /* Reset after a PHY select */
+ ret = USB_CoreReset(USBx);
+ }
+ else /* FS interface (embedded Phy) */
+ {
+ /* Select FS Embedded PHY */
+ USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL;
+
+ /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */
+ ret = USB_CoreReset(USBx);
+
+ if (cfg.battery_charging_enable == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Activate the USB Transceiver */
+ USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Deactivate the USB Transceiver */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the USB turnaround time
+ * @param USBx USB Instance
+ * @param hclk: AHB clock frequency
+ * @retval USB turnaround time In PHY Clocks number
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetTurnaroundTime(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx,
+ uint32_t hclk, uint8_t speed)
+{
+ uint32_t UsbTrd;
+
+ /* The USBTRD is configured according to the tables below, depending on AHB frequency
+ used by application. In the low AHB frequency range it is used to stretch enough the USB response
+ time to IN tokens, the USB turnaround time, so to compensate for the longer AHB read access
+ latency to the Data FIFO */
+ if (speed == USBD_FS_SPEED)
+ {
+ if ((hclk >= 14200000U) && (hclk < 15000000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 14.2-15 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0xFU;
+ }
+ else if ((hclk >= 15000000U) && (hclk < 16000000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 15-16 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0xEU;
+ }
+ else if ((hclk >= 16000000U) && (hclk < 17200000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 16-17.2 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0xDU;
+ }
+ else if ((hclk >= 17200000U) && (hclk < 18500000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 17.2-18.5 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0xCU;
+ }
+ else if ((hclk >= 18500000U) && (hclk < 20000000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 18.5-20 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0xBU;
+ }
+ else if ((hclk >= 20000000U) && (hclk < 21800000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 20-21.8 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0xAU;
+ }
+ else if ((hclk >= 21800000U) && (hclk < 24000000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 21.8-24 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0x9U;
+ }
+ else if ((hclk >= 24000000U) && (hclk < 27700000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 24-27.7 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0x8U;
+ }
+ else if ((hclk >= 27700000U) && (hclk < 32000000U))
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 27.7-32 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0x7U;
+ }
+ else /* if(hclk >= 32000000) */
+ {
+ /* hclk Clock Range between 32-200 MHz */
+ UsbTrd = 0x6U;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UsbTrd = USBD_DEFAULT_TRDT_VALUE;
+ }
+
+ USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT;
+ USBx->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((UsbTrd << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt
+ * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT;
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt
+ * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT;
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param mode current core mode
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode
+ * @arg USB_HOST_MODE: Host mode
+ * @arg USB_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_ModeTypeDef mode)
+{
+ USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD);
+
+ if (mode == USB_HOST_MODE)
+ {
+ USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD;
+ }
+ else if (mode == USB_DEVICE_MODE)
+ {
+ USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers
+ * for device mode
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param cfg pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t i;
+
+ for (i = 0U; i < 15U; i++)
+ {
+ USBx->DIEPTXF[i] = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* VBUS Sensing setup */
+ if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Deactivate VBUS Sensing B */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
+
+ /* B-peripheral session valid override enable */
+ USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOEN;
+ USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOVAL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable HW VBUS sensing */
+ USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
+ }
+
+ /* Restart the Phy Clock */
+ USBx_PCGCCTL = 0U;
+
+ /* Device mode configuration */
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80;
+
+ /* Set Core speed to Full speed mode */
+ (void)USB_SetDevSpeed(USBx, USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL);
+
+ /* Flush the FIFOs */
+ if (USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10U) != HAL_OK) /* all Tx FIFOs */
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */
+ USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0U;
+ USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0U;
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0U;
+
+ for (i = 0U; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++)
+ {
+ if ((USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA)
+ {
+ if (i == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = 0U;
+ }
+
+ USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPTSIZ = 0U;
+ USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0U; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++)
+ {
+ if ((USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA)
+ {
+ if (i == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = 0U;
+ }
+
+ USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPTSIZ = 0U;
+ USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+ }
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM);
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts. */
+ USBx->GINTMSK = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear any pending interrupts */
+ USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFFU;
+
+ /* Enable the common interrupts */
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM;
+
+ /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |
+ USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |
+ USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM |
+ USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM;
+
+ if (cfg.Sof_enable != 0U)
+ {
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM;
+ }
+
+ if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 1U)
+ {
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT);
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param num FIFO number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+ 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num)
+{
+ uint32_t count = 0U;
+
+ USBx->GRSTCTL = (USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH | (num << 6));
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (++count > 200000U)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t count = 0;
+
+ USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (++count > 200000U)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetDevSpeed Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register
+ * depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device.
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param speed device speed
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+ * @retval Hal status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t speed)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed;
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_GetDevSpeed Return the Dev Speed
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval speed device speed
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * @arg PCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+ */
+uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint8_t speed;
+ uint32_t DevEnumSpeed = USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD;
+
+ if ((DevEnumSpeed == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ) ||
+ (DevEnumSpeed == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ))
+ {
+ speed = USBD_FS_SPEED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ speed = 0xFU;
+ }
+
+ return speed;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ep pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK));
+
+ if ((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= (ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ) |
+ ((uint32_t)ep->type << 18) | (epnum << 22) |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16);
+
+ if (((USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= (ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ) |
+ ((uint32_t)ep->type << 18) |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate and configure a dedicated endpoint
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ep pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+ /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ if (((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= (ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ) |
+ ((uint32_t)ep->type << 18) | (epnum << 22) |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
+ }
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (((USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= (ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ) |
+ ((uint32_t)ep->type << 18) | (epnum << 22) |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
+ }
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ep pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+ /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)));
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)));
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_TXFNUM |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPTYP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16));
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16));
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+ USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPTYP);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-activate and de-initialize a dedicated endpoint
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ep pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+ /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16));
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ep pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+ uint16_t pktcnt;
+
+ /* IN endpoint */
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Zero Length Packet? */
+ if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Program the transfer size and packet count
+ * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket +
+ * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet
+ * exist ? 1 : 0)
+ */
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket - 1U) / ep->maxpacket) << 19));
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len);
+
+ if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT);
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1U << 29));
+ }
+ }
+ /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA);
+
+ if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */
+ if (ep->xfer_len > 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & (1U << 8)) == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM;
+ }
+
+ (void)USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, (uint16_t)ep->xfer_len);
+ }
+ }
+ else /* OUT endpoint */
+ {
+ /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows:
+ * pktcnt = N
+ * xfersize = N * maxpacket
+ */
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+ if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket);
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pktcnt = (uint16_t)((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket - 1U) / ep->maxpacket);
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & ((uint32_t)pktcnt << 19);
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt);
+ }
+
+ if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & (1U << 8)) == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM;
+ }
+ }
+ /* EP enable */
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP 0
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ep pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+ /* IN endpoint */
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Zero Length Packet? */
+ if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Program the transfer size and packet count
+ * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket +
+ * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet
+ * exist ? 1 : 0)
+ */
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+ if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+ {
+ ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket;
+ }
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len);
+ }
+
+ /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA);
+
+ /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */
+ if (ep->xfer_len > 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK);
+ }
+ }
+ else /* OUT endpoint */
+ {
+ /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows:
+ * pktcnt = N
+ * xfersize = N * maxpacket
+ */
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+ if (ep->xfer_len > 0U)
+ {
+ ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket;
+ }
+
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket));
+
+ /* EP enable */
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated
+ * with the EP/channel
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param src pointer to source buffer
+ * @param ch_ep_num endpoint or host channel number
+ * @param len Number of bytes to write
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t *pSrc = (uint32_t *)src;
+ uint32_t count32b, i;
+
+ count32b = ((uint32_t)len + 3U) / 4U;
+ for (i = 0U; i < count32b; i++)
+ {
+ USBx_DFIFO((uint32_t)ch_ep_num) = __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ(pSrc);
+ pSrc++;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the RX FIFO
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param dest source pointer
+ * @param len Number of bytes to read
+ * @retval pointer to destination buffer
+ */
+void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t *pDest = (uint32_t *)dest;
+ uint32_t i;
+ uint32_t count32b = ((uint32_t)len + 3U) / 4U;
+
+ for (i = 0U; i < count32b; i++)
+ {
+ __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE(pDest, USBx_DFIFO(0U));
+ pDest++;
+ }
+
+ return ((void *)pDest);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ep pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ if (((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0U) && (epnum != 0U))
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS);
+ }
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (((USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0U) && (epnum != 0U))
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS);
+ }
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ep pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
+ if ((ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR) || (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK))
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
+ if ((ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR) || (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK))
+ {
+ USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret;
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t i;
+
+ /* Clear Pending interrupt */
+ for (i = 0U; i < 15U; i++)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+ USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear interrupt masks */
+ USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0U;
+ USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0U;
+ USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0U;
+
+ /* Flush the FIFO */
+ ret = USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+ if (ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ ret = USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10U);
+ if (ret != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param address new device address to be assigned
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD);
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= ((uint32_t)address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS;
+ HAL_Delay(3U);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS;
+ HAL_Delay(3U);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ tmpreg = USBx->GINTSTS;
+ tmpreg &= USBx->GINTMSK;
+
+ return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ tmpreg = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT;
+ tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK;
+
+ return ((tmpreg & 0xffff0000U) >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ tmpreg = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT;
+ tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK;
+
+ return ((tmpreg & 0xFFFFU));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+ * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ tmpreg = USBx_OUTEP((uint32_t)epnum)->DOEPINT;
+ tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK;
+
+ return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+ * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t tmpreg, msk, emp;
+
+ msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK;
+ emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK;
+ msk |= ((emp >> (epnum & EP_ADDR_MSK)) & 0x1U) << 7;
+ tmpreg = USBx_INEP((uint32_t)epnum)->DIEPINT & msk;
+
+ return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param interrupt interrupt flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USB_ClearInterrupts(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt)
+{
+ USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns USB core mode
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval return core mode : Host or Device
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * 0 : Host
+ * 1 : Device
+ */
+uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ return ((USBx->GINTSTS) & 0x1U);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate EP0 for Setup transactions
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateSetup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ /* Set the MPS of the IN EP based on the enumeration speed */
+ USBx_INEP(0U)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ;
+
+ if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ)
+ {
+ USBx_INEP(0U)->DIEPCTL |= 3U;
+ }
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param psetup pointer to setup packet
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup)
+{
+ UNUSED(psetup);
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t gSNPSiD = *(__IO uint32_t *)(&USBx->CID + 0x1U);
+
+ if (gSNPSiD > USB_OTG_CORE_ID_300A)
+ {
+ if ((USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA)
+ {
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPTSIZ = 0U;
+ USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+ USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3U * 8U);
+ USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change)
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t count = 0U;
+
+ /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */
+ do
+ {
+ if (++count > 200000U)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0U);
+
+ /* Core Soft Reset */
+ count = 0U;
+ USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (++count > 200000U)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers
+ * for Host mode
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param cfg pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t i;
+
+ /* Restart the Phy Clock */
+ USBx_PCGCCTL = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable VBUS sensing */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN);
+
+ /* Disable Battery chargin detector */
+ USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
+
+ /* Set default Max speed support */
+ USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS);
+
+ /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */
+ (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10U); /* all Tx FIFOs */
+ (void)USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+
+ /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */
+ for (i = 0U; i < cfg.Host_channels; i++)
+ {
+ USBx_HC(i)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+ USBx_HC(i)->HCINTMSK = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable VBUS driving */
+ (void)USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1U);
+
+ HAL_Delay(200U);
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts. */
+ USBx->GINTMSK = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear any pending interrupts */
+ USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+ /* set Rx FIFO size */
+ USBx->GRXFSIZ = 0x80U;
+ USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((0x60U << 16) & USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80U);
+ USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((0x40U << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0U);
+ /* Enable the common interrupts */
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM;
+
+ /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM | \
+ USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM | USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT | \
+ USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the
+ * HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param freq clock frequency
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock
+ * HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t freq)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS);
+ USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (uint32_t)freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS;
+
+ if (freq == HCFG_48_MHZ)
+ {
+ USBx_HOST->HFIR = 48000U;
+ }
+ else if (freq == HCFG_6_MHZ)
+ {
+ USBx_HOST->HFIR = 6000U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ... */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ * @note (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms
+ * before clearing the reset bit.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0U;
+
+ hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+
+ hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |
+ USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG);
+
+ USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0);
+ HAL_Delay(100U); /* See Note #1 */
+ USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0);
+ HAL_Delay(10U);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus
+ * @param state VBUS state
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * 0 : VBUS Active
+ * 1 : VBUS Inactive
+ * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0U;
+
+ hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+
+ hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |
+ USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG);
+
+ if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0U) && (state == 1U))
+ {
+ USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0);
+ }
+ if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0U))
+ {
+ USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0);
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return Host Core speed
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval speed : Host speed
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * @arg HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+ * @arg HCD_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+ */
+uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0U;
+
+ hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+ return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return Host Current Frame number
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval current frame number
+*/
+uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize a host channel
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param ch_num Channel number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+ * @param epnum Endpoint number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+ * @param dev_address Current device address
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+ * @param speed Current device speed
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+ * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+ * @param ep_type Endpoint Type
+ * This parameter can be one of these values:
+ * @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type
+ * @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type
+ * @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type
+ * @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type
+ * @param mps Max Packet Size
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx,
+ uint8_t ch_num,
+ uint8_t epnum,
+ uint8_t dev_address,
+ uint8_t speed,
+ uint8_t ep_type,
+ uint16_t mps)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t HCcharEpDir, HCcharLowSpeed;
+
+ /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+ /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */
+ switch (ep_type)
+ {
+ case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+ case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM;
+
+ if ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM;
+
+ if ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |
+ USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM;
+
+ if ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */
+ USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= 1UL << (ch_num & 0xFU);
+
+ /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM;
+
+ /* Program the HCCHAR register */
+ if ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ HCcharEpDir = (0x1U << 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HCcharEpDir = 0U;
+ }
+
+ if (speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)
+ {
+ HCcharLowSpeed = (0x1U << 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HCcharLowSpeed = 0U;
+ }
+
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((uint32_t)dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD) |
+ ((((uint32_t)epnum & 0x7FU) << 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM) |
+ (((uint32_t)ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP) |
+ ((uint32_t)mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ) | HCcharEpDir | HCcharLowSpeed;
+
+ if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR)
+ {
+ USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start a transfer over a host channel
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param hc pointer to host channel structure
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t ch_num = (uint32_t)hc->ch_num;
+ static __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+ uint8_t is_oddframe;
+ uint16_t len_words;
+ uint16_t num_packets;
+ uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256U;
+
+ /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */
+ if (hc->xfer_len > 0U)
+ {
+ num_packets = (uint16_t)((hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1U) / hc->max_packet);
+
+ if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count)
+ {
+ num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count;
+ hc->xfer_len = (uint32_t)num_packets * hc->max_packet;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ num_packets = 1U;
+ }
+ if (hc->ep_is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ hc->xfer_len = (uint32_t)num_packets * hc->max_packet;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */
+ USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (hc->xfer_len & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ) |
+ (((uint32_t)num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |
+ (((uint32_t)hc->data_pid << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID);
+
+ is_oddframe = (((uint32_t)USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01U) != 0U) ? 0U : 1U;
+ USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM;
+ USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (uint32_t)is_oddframe << 29;
+
+ /* Set host channel enable */
+ tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR;
+ tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+
+ /* make sure to set the correct ep direction */
+ if (hc->ep_is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+ }
+ tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+
+ if ((hc->ep_is_in == 0U) && (hc->xfer_len > 0U))
+ {
+ switch (hc->ep_type)
+ {
+ /* Non periodic transfer */
+ case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+ case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+
+ len_words = (uint16_t)((hc->xfer_len + 3U) / 4U);
+
+ /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */
+ if (len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFFU))
+ {
+ /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Periodic transfer */
+ case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+ case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+ len_words = (uint16_t)((hc->xfer_len + 3U) / 4U);
+ /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */
+ if (len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFFU)) /* split the transfer */
+ {
+ /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */
+ USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */
+ (void)USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, (uint16_t)hc->xfer_len);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFFU);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Halt a host channel
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param hc_num Host Channel number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t hc_num)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t hcnum = (uint32_t)hc_num;
+ uint32_t count = 0U;
+ uint32_t HcEpType = (USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP) >> 18;
+
+ /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */
+ if ((HcEpType == HCCHAR_CTRL) || (HcEpType == HCCHAR_BULK))
+ {
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+
+ if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & (0xFFU << 16)) == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+ do
+ {
+ if (++count > 1000U)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+
+ if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & (0xFFU << 16)) == 0U)
+ {
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+ do
+ {
+ if (++count > 1000U)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initiate Do Ping protocol
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param hc_num Host Channel number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t ch_num)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t chnum = (uint32_t)ch_num;
+ uint32_t num_packets = 1U;
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ USBx_HC(chnum)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |
+ USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING;
+
+ /* Set host channel enable */
+ tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR;
+ tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+ tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop Host Core
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t count = 0U;
+ uint32_t value;
+ uint32_t i;
+
+
+ (void)USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx);
+
+ /* Flush FIFO */
+ (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10U);
+ (void)USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+
+ /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */
+ for (i = 0U; i <= 15U; i++)
+ {
+ value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR;
+ value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+ value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+ USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value;
+ }
+
+ /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */
+ for (i = 0U; i <= 15U; i++)
+ {
+ value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR;
+ value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+ value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+ value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+ USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (++count > 1000U)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */
+ USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+ USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+ (void)USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup active remote wakeup signalling
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS)
+ {
+ /* active Remote wakeup signalling */
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup de-active remote wakeup signalling
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+ /* active Remote wakeup signalling */
+ USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USB Core
+ * @param USBx: USB Instance
+ * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(cfg);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt
+ * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint16_t winterruptmask;
+
+ /* Set winterruptmask variable */
+ winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM |
+ USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM |
+ USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM |
+ USB_CNTR_RESETM | USB_CNTR_L1REQM;
+
+ /* Set interrupt mask */
+ USBx->CNTR |= winterruptmask;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt
+ * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint16_t winterruptmask;
+
+ /* Set winterruptmask variable */
+ winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM |
+ USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM |
+ USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM |
+ USB_CNTR_RESETM | USB_CNTR_L1REQM;
+
+ /* Clear interrupt mask */
+ USBx->CNTR &= ~winterruptmask;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param mode : current core mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the these values:
+ * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_ModeTypeDef mode)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(mode);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB controller registers
+ * for device mode
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(cfg);
+
+ /* Init Device */
+ /*CNTR_FRES = 1*/
+ USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES;
+
+ /*CNTR_FRES = 0*/
+ USBx->CNTR = 0;
+
+ /*Clear pending interrupts*/
+ USBx->ISTR = 0;
+
+ /*Set Btable Address*/
+ USBx->BTABLE = BTABLE_ADDRESS;
+
+ /* Enable USB Device Interrupt mask */
+ (void)USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the device speed
+ * depending on the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device.
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param speed device speed
+ * @retval Hal status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t speed)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(speed);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param num : FIFO number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+ 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(num);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint16_t wEpRegVal;
+
+ wEpRegVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_T_MASK;
+
+ /* initialize Endpoint */
+ switch (ep->type)
+ {
+ case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+ wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_CONTROL;
+ break;
+
+ case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+ wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_BULK;
+ break;
+
+ case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+ wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_INTERRUPT;
+ break;
+
+ case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+ wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_ISOCHRONOUS;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num, wEpRegVal | USB_EP_CTR_RX | USB_EP_CTR_TX);
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->num);
+
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ /*Set the endpoint Transmit buffer address */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure TX Endpoint to disabled state */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer address */
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress);
+ /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer counter*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->maxpacket);
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ }
+ }
+ /*Double Buffer*/
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the endpoint as double buffered */
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Set buffer address for double buffered mode */
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaaddr0, ep->pmaaddr1);
+
+ if (ep->is_in == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT */
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out */
+ PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT */
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure TX Endpoint to disabled state */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+ }
+ }
+ /*Double Buffer*/
+ else
+ {
+ if (ep->is_in == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/
+ PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint16_t pmabuffer;
+ uint32_t len;
+
+ /* IN endpoint */
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ /*Multi packet transfer*/
+ if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+ {
+ len = ep->maxpacket;
+ ep->xfer_len -= len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ len = ep->xfer_len;
+ ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* configure and validate Tx endpoint */
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)len);
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Write the data to the USB endpoint */
+ if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+ pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+ pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+ }
+ USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+ PCD_FreeUserBuffer(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in);
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID);
+ }
+ else /* OUT endpoint */
+ {
+ /* Multi packet transfer*/
+ if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+ {
+ len = ep->maxpacket;
+ ep->xfer_len -= len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ len = ep->xfer_len;
+ ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* configure and validate Rx endpoint */
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ /*Set RX buffer count*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*Set the Double buffer counter*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated
+ * with the EP/channel
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param src : pointer to source buffer
+ * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number
+ * @param len : Number of bytes to write
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(src);
+ UNUSED(ch_ep_num);
+ UNUSED(len);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated
+ * with the EP/channel
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param dest : destination pointer
+ * @param len : Number of bytes to read
+ * @retval pointer to destination buffer
+ */
+void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(dest);
+ UNUSED(len);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return ((void *)NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_STALL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_STALL);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* disable all interrupts and force USB reset */
+ USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES;
+
+ /* clear interrupt status register */
+ USBx->ISTR = 0;
+
+ /* switch-off device */
+ USBx->CNTR = (USB_CNTR_FRES | USB_CNTR_PDWN);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param address : new device address to be assigned
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address)
+{
+ if (address == 0U)
+ {
+ /* set device address and enable function */
+ USBx->DADDR = USB_DADDR_EF;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Enabling DP Pull-UP bit to Connect internal PU resistor on USB DP line */
+ USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DPPU;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Disable DP Pull-Up bit to disconnect the Internal PU resistor on USB DP line */
+ USBx->BCDR &= (uint16_t)(~(USB_BCDR_DPPU));
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ tmpreg = USBx->ISTR;
+ return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param epnum : endpoint number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+ * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param epnum : endpoint number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+ * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param interrupt interrupt flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USB_ClearInterrupts(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(interrupt);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param psetup pointer to setup packet
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(psetup);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ USBx->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_RESUME;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ USBx->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_RESUME);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)
+ * @param USBx USB peripheral instance register address.
+ * @param pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area.
+ * @param wPMABufAddr address into PMA.
+ * @param wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USB_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
+{
+ uint32_t n = ((uint32_t)wNBytes + 1U) >> 1;
+ uint32_t BaseAddr = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t i, temp1, temp2;
+ uint16_t *pdwVal;
+ uint8_t *pBuf = pbUsrBuf;
+
+ pdwVal = (uint16_t *)(BaseAddr + 0x400U + ((uint32_t)wPMABufAddr * PMA_ACCESS));
+
+ for (i = n; i != 0U; i--)
+ {
+ temp1 = (uint16_t) * pBuf;
+ pBuf++;
+ temp2 = temp1 | ((uint16_t)((uint16_t) * pBuf << 8));
+ *pdwVal = (uint16_t)temp2;
+ pdwVal++;
+
+#if PMA_ACCESS > 1U
+ pdwVal++;
+#endif
+
+ pBuf++;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)
+ * @param USBx: USB peripheral instance register address.
+ * @param pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area.
+ * @param wPMABufAddr address into PMA.
+ * @param wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USB_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
+{
+ uint32_t n = (uint32_t)wNBytes >> 1;
+ uint32_t BaseAddr = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t i, temp;
+ uint16_t *pdwVal;
+ uint8_t *pBuf = pbUsrBuf;
+
+ pdwVal = (uint16_t *)(BaseAddr + 0x400U + ((uint32_t)wPMABufAddr * PMA_ACCESS));
+
+ for (i = n; i != 0U; i--)
+ {
+ temp = *pdwVal;
+ pdwVal++;
+ *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 0) & 0xFFU);
+ pBuf++;
+ *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 8) & 0xFFU);
+ pBuf++;
+
+#if PMA_ACCESS > 1U
+ pdwVal++;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if ((wNBytes % 2U) != 0U)
+ {
+ temp = *pdwVal;
+ *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 0) & 0xFFU);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|